1
Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning
Mandatory Disclosure
2
INDEX
Sr No
Particulars
Page no
1.
Name of the Institution
3
2.
Name and address of the Trust and Trustees
3-4
3.
Name and Address of the Director
4
4.
Governance
5-7
5.
Programmes
8
6.
Faculty
9
7.
Profile of Director and Faculty
10-28
8.
Fee
29-33
9.
Admission
34-35
10.
Admission Procedure
36
11.
Criteria and Weightages for Admission
36-38
12.
Information of Infrastructure and Other Resources Available
39-212
13.
Enrolment details of students in the last 3years
213-216
14.
List of Research Projects/ Consultancy Works
217
15.
LoA and subsequent EoA till the current Academic Year
218-230
16.
Accounted audited statement for the last three years
231-236
3
Mandatory Disclosure
1
Name of the Institution
Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning
Address
Symbiosis Bhavan, 1065 B, Gokhale Cross Road,
Model Colony, Pune -411016 Maharashtra
Telephone with STD Code
20-66211111
Mobile No.
20-66211111
Email ID
2
Name and address of the Trust / Society
and the Trustees
Symbiosis Open Education Society
Address
Symbiosis Bhavan, 1065 B, Gokhale Cross Road,
Model Colony, Pune -411016, Maharashtra,
India
Telephone No. with STD Code
20-66211111
Email ID
Details of Trustees:
a
Name
Dr. S. B. Mujumdar,
President
Address
925/5, Mujumdar Apts., F. C. Road, Shivajinagar,
Pune - 411004
Telephone with STD Code
20-25679653
Email ID
b
Name
Mrs. Sanjivani S. Mujumdar,
Member
Address
925/5, Mujumdar Apts., F. C. Road, Shivajinagar,
Pune – 411004
Telephone No. with STD Code
20-25679653
Email ID
ssmujumdar@symbiosis.ac.in
C
Name
Dr. Swati Mujumdar,
Principal Director
Address
Aarambh, Bungalow No. 25, Balaji Co-operative
Housing Society, Behind Maratha Mandir, Bavdhan,
Pune 411021, Maharashtra
Telephone No. with STD Code
20-66211111
Email ID
d
Name
Dr. Vidya Yeravdekar,
Member
Address
Raj Laxmi Apts., 39 Laxmi Park Colony, Navi Peth,
Pune - 411030
Telephone No. with STD Code
20-25651507
Email ID
4
e
Name
CA Soniya Ghatpande, Member
Address
102, R K Classic, New D P Road, Opp. Ashish Garden,
Kothrud, Pune 411038.
Telephone No. with STD Code
020-25383004
Email ID
f
Name
Dr. Rajiv Yeravdekar,
Member
Address
Raj Laxmi Apts., 39, Laxmi Park Colony, Navi Peth,
Pune - 411030
Telephone No. with STD Code
20-25651507
Email ID
g
Name
Mrs.Vijaya Shete,
Member
Address
"Vidya Prasad", 19 Shivaji Housing Society,
Satara - 415001
Telephone No. with STD Code
02162-237681
Email ID
vijayashete1234@gmail.com
h
Name
Ms. Devika Khandekar,
Member
Address
B-302, Gold Coast, Ivory Estate, Baner Road,
Pune - 411045
Telephone No. with STD Code
Email ID
devikachat@yahoo.com
i
Name
Mr. Sameer Desai,
Member
Address
Apartment # 2, 'Exclusive 14', Pallod Farms Phase 3,
Baner, Pune 411045
Telephone No. with STD Code
020-27292502
Email ID
sameer@seagulladvertising.org
3
Name and Address of the Director
including Telephone, Mobile, E-mail
Name
Dr. Swati Mujumdar,
Address
“Aarambh,” Bungalow No. 25, Balaji Co-operative
Housing Society, Behind Maratha Mandir, Bavdhan,
Pune 411021, Maharashtra State, India
Telephone No. with STD Code
20-66211111
Email ID
5
4 Governance
A. Members of the Board and their brief background
SN
Name of the
Member
Designation
Brief background
1.
Dr. S. B.
Mujumdar
President
Dr. S. B. Mujumdar is a distinguished Academician and Educationist. He
is Founder & President of Symbiosis – a multi-lingual, multi-national and
multi-disciplinary educational complex of international repute. In
appreciation of his long illustrious career, the President of India
awarded him prestigious ‘Padma Shri’ and ‘Padma Bhushan’ awards.
2.
Dr. Swati
Mujumdar
Principal
Director
Dr. Swati Mujumdar is an international TVET and higher education
expert. She is a policy adviser on skill development & self-financed
universities. Under her able leadership Symbiosis has established two
skills universities namely Symbiosis Skills & Professional University,
Pune and Symbiosis University of Applied Sciences, Indore. She is
Principal Director of Symbiosis Open Education Society and Director of
Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning
3.
Mrs. S. S.
Mujumdar
Member
Mrs. Sanjivani S. Mujumdar is Post Graduate in Science. She was born &
brought up under the guidance of Karmaveer Bhaurao Patil, an
educationalist, social reformer & founder of Rayat Shikshan Santha,
Satara. She is a Managing Committee Member of Symbiosis Open
Education Society since its inception and Honorary Director of Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Museum & Memorial from 1990.
4.
Dr. Mrs. Vidya
Yeravdekar
Member
Dr. Vidya Yeravdekar is an eminent educationist and Principal Director
of Symbiosis Society. Dr. Vidya holds a Post Graduate Degree in
Medicine, a degree in Law and is a Ph.D. in 'Internationalisation of
Higher Education in India'. She has been a member of University Grants
Commission (UGC), Member of the State Knowledge Advisory Board of
Higher Education etc.
5.
CA Soniya
Ghatpande
Member
CA Soniya is Chartered Accountant by profession and she is expert in the
finance domain. She has been associated with Symbiosis Open
Education Society in the capacity of Member of General Body since last
9 years.
6.
Dr. Rajiv
Yeravdekar
Member
Dr. Rajiv Yeravdekar is a Master Degree holder in Obstetrics &
Gynaecology from B. J. Medical College, Pune and awarded Gold Medal
for his outstanding academic performance. He has been awarded Ph.D.
under the Faculty of Management by Savitribai Phule University, Pune.
He has a total teaching experience of 32 years. He currently is the
Director of SIHS, Pune. He is also Dean of Faculty of Health & Biological
Sciences, SIU.
7.
Mrs. Vijaya
Shete
Member
Mrs. Vijaya Shete is a retired former Vice Principal of Rayat Shikshan
Sanstha College and member of Managing Committee of Symbiosis
Open Education Society since its inception
8.
Ms. Devika
Khandekar
Member
Ms. Devika is MBA in Finance domain and associated as Consultant-
Senior Analyst with Equity Research Company SG Analytics at Pune and
also worked as Senior Functional Analyst with Infosys Technologies
Pune. She has represented Piramal Group of Industries in their German
office in Stuttgart. She joined Price Waterhouse Coopers GmbH,
Stuttgart in 1998 and remained in Germany until 2001.
9.
Mr. Sameer
Desai
Member
Mr. Sameer Desai is an entrepreneur and Business Innovator. He is a
Founder and Managing Director of Seagull Advertising Pune and
Mumbai.
6
A. Members of Academic Advisory Body (Academic Council)
Sr.
No.
Category of the Member
Designation
1
Dr Swati Mujumdar, Director
Chairperson
2
Dr. Manas Panigrahi, Dean Academics, SCDL
Member
3
Major. Sonali Kadam, Deputy Director, SCDL
Member
4
One expert each from Operations, Finance, HR, Retail/Marketing
and IT under the Faculty of Management, Faculty of Education,
Humanities and Social Sciences, Faculty of Law :
a. Dr. Madhulika Kaushik, Former Director, School of
Management Studies, IGNOU
b. Dr. Sanjeev Sonawane, Pro Vice Chancellor, Savitribai Phule
Pune University
c. Prof. Madhu Parhar, Director Centre for Online Learning
IGNOU
d. Prof. Ranjan Chaudhari, Professor in Marketing, IIM Ranchi
e. Dr. Shashikala Gurpur, Director, Symbiosis Law School, Pune
f. Dr. Gautam Saha, Professor (Marketing & Strategic
Management) MITCON-Institute of Management, Pune
g. Mr. Kanchan Kulkarni, Former Regional Manager, ICICI Bank,
Finance Management
h. Dr. Vinay Vaidya, Former CTO, KPIT Cummins-IT
Management
i. Dr. Aditya Abhyankar, Professor, Department of Technology,
Savitribai Phule Pune University-IT Management
j. Dr. Shravan Kadvekar, Director, Corporate and Strategic
Partnership, Symbiosis Skills & Professional University-IT
Management
Member
5
Mr. Ashish Limgire, Deputy Registrar
Member-Secretary
B. Frequency of the Board Meeting and Academic Advisory Body
• Board Meeting: Four times in a Financial Year
• Academic Advisory Body (Academic Council): Twice in a year
7
C. Grievance Redressal Mechanism
The Students Grievance Redressal Committee (SGRC) has been constituted at Symbiosis
Centre for Distance Learning in compliance with the All India Council for Technical Education
(Redressal of Grievance of Students) Regulations, 2019.
D. Establishment of Anti Ragging Committee
The Anti Ragging Committee has been constituted at Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning
in compliance with All India Council for Technical Education notified Regulation for prevention
and prohibition of ragging in AICTE approved Technical Institutions vide No. 37-3/ Legal/
AICTE/ 2009 dated 01.07.2009.
E. Establishment of Internal Complaint Committee (ICC)
An Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) has been constituted at Symbiosis Centre for Distance
Learning in compliance with the All India Council for Technical Education (Gender
Sensitization, Prevention and Prohibition of Sexual Harassment of Women Employees and
Students and Redressal of Grievances in Technical Institutions) Regulations, 2016.
F. Establishment of Committee for SC/ST
The Scheduled Castes (SC) / Scheduled Tribes (ST) committee has been constituted at
Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning in compliance with the All India Council for Technical
Education directives.
G. Internal Quality Assurance Cell
The Internal Quality Assurance Cell has been constituted at Symbiosis Centre for Distance
Learning in compliance with the All India Council for Technical Education directives.
8
5. Programs:
A. Name of Programmes approved by AICTE
Sr No
Name of the Program
Duration
Intake
1
Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
2 Years
6800
2
Post Graduate Diploma in Human Resource Management
2 Years
1450
3
Post Graduate Diploma in Banking & Financial Services
2 Years
1250
4
Post Graduate Diploma in Information Technology
2 Years
950
5
Post Graduate Diploma in Supply Chain Management
2 Years
850
6
Post Graduate Diploma in Data Science
2 Years
600
7
Post Graduate Diploma in International Business
2 Years
500
8
Post Graduate Diploma in Project Management
2 Years
500
9
Corporate Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
2 Years
350
10
Post Graduate Diploma in Business and Corporate Law
2 Years
350
11
Post Graduate Certificate in Business Analytics
1 Year
300
12
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Digital Marketing]
1 Year
300
13
Post Graduate Certificate in Finance [Taxation Laws]
1 Year
250
14
Post Graduate Diploma in Customer Relationship Management
2 Years
250
15
Post Graduate Diploma in Export & Import Management
2 Years
250
16
Post Graduate Certificate in Design Thinking
1 Year
200
17
Post Graduate Certificate in FinTech
1 Year
200
18
Post Graduate Certificate in Healthcare Management
1 Year
200
19
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Event Management]
1 Year
200
20
Post Graduate Diploma in Energy Management (Renewable Energy)
2 Years
200
21
Post Graduate Diploma in Personnel & HRM [Labour Laws]
2 Years
200
22
Post Graduate Diploma in Retail Management
2 Years
200
23
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Cyber Laws]
1 Year
150
24
Post Graduate Certificate in Finance [Management Accounting]
1 Year
100
25
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Entrepreneurship Development]
1 Year
100
26
Post Graduate Diploma in Insurance Business Management
2 Years
100
27
Post Graduate Diploma in Technical Writing in Business Management
2 Years
100
9
6. Faculty:
Faculty
Designation
First Name
Last Name
Qualification
Head of Discipline
& Professor
Dr Swati
Mujumdar
PhD, MS, MBA, BCS
Dr Manas
Panigrahi
PH. D. (EDU), MA, LLB, PGDCA
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
Ph.D., MBA, M. Phil, B.Sc.
Dr. Shravan
Kadvekar
Ph. D., MS, MBA, BE
Associate Professor
Dr. Sunita
Patil
PH.D. (Comp Mngt), MCM, MCA,
M. Phil (IT), B. Sc. (Comp Sci.)
Dr. Sunita
Nikam
PH. D. (COMP SCI), MCS, BCS
Dr. Aditi
Singh
PH.D. (HR) MBA PGDM
Dr. Radhika
Mulay
PH. D., MBS, M.COM, B.COM.
Assistant Professor
Dr. Arun
Mudbidri
Ph. D., MBA, LLB, B.Com.
Dr. Uttara
Deolankar
PH.D., NET,MA, M.Ed., B.Ed., B.
Home Science
Dr. Prashant
Ubarhande
PH.D., NET, MBA, B.Sc.
Vijay
Masarkar
MLS, MIRPM, NET, MBA Ph. D
(Pursuing)
Pallavi
Ligade
LLM, MPM, LLB, B.COM
Shashank
Bhandakkar
BE (Mech). MMS
Tejaswini
Shevate
PH. D. (Pursuing), SET, M.COM.,
CS (I), B. COM.
Pallavi
Tembhurni
kar
B.E. (IT), M.E.(Computer)
10
7. Profile of Faculty
• Name: Dr Swati Mujumdar –Director
• Date of Birth: 10
th
May 1969
• Education Qualifications: BCS, MBA, PhD, MS
• Work Experience
a) Research: 10 Years
b) Industry :20 Years
c) Area of Specialization:Computer Science and Education
d) No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 10
• After obtaining MBA from one of the top B Schools of India (SIBM), Dr. Swati
Mujumdar went on to obtain her Masters in Computer Science from USA.
• Dr. Swati worked in USA for over 12 years in top IT companies. She returned to India
in 2002 & joined her father, Dr. S.B. Mujumdar, in furthering the cause of education
through Symbiosis, an internationally reputed educational group. She led the
Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning (SCDL) to an exponential growth & today it has
grown to international repute having distance learning students from all states of India
& 40 different countries.
• For the past several years, she has been doing research in Skill Development &
Vocational Education which ultimately led her to obtain a Doctorate in this area. Dr.
Swati has also done extensive research in the area of self-financed universities model
& has assisted the Govt. of Maharashtra to draft the Private Universities bill. She is
now known across the country for her research in Skill Development, Vocational
Education & Private Universities model. Her case study on the innovative use of
information technology in education delivery brought her international recognition
when UNESCO published it in their Asia Pacific Journal.
• In order to crystallize the ‘Make in India’ mission for creating a large pool of skilled
youth who can get social acceptability & vertical mobility, Dr. Swati has created a
unique model of Skill Development University after studying several foreign models &
the needs of industry & society in India.
• Dr. Swati has been invited as a key note speaker in national & international
conf9erences to share her views. She has published several research papers in leading
journals. She is the recipient of awards like ‘Sanganak Sarathi IT Award 2010’,
‘Excellence in Education’ award from the Top Management Consortium, Pune as well
as ‘Special Recognition Maharashtra Corporate Excellence Awards 2016 by Maxell
Foundation for her contribution to the area of Skill Development & Open Learning.
11
• Name: Professor (Dr) Manas Ranjan Panigrahi
• Date of Birth: 15 June 1975
• Education Qualifications: MA (Education), B.Ed., MA (History), LLB,
PGDCA, Ph.D.
Work Experience
➢ Teaching: 20years
➢ Other: 5years
➢ Total: 25 Years
• Area of Specialization: Education Technology, Distance Education, Online Education,
Leadership and Management.
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level:
1. Research Methodology
2. Teaching Learning in Higher Education
3. Professional development of Teachers and Managers
4. Leadership and Management
5. Planning and Administration
6. Technology for Teaching Learning
7. Educational Psychology
8. Educational Technology
9. Open Educational Resources and IPR
10. Blended and Online Learning
• Research guidance (Number of Students):
o Master (Completed/Ongoing): 72
o Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): 01
o Projects carried out: 02
o Patents (Filed & Granted): 0
o Technology Transfer: 01
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences):
o International Papers: 14
o National Papers: 22
o Book Chapters: 16
o Conferences: 20
o Invited Lectures Delivered: 15
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication): 13
12
Sl
No
Title of the Book (s)
Author
Name of Publisher (with
city/ country)
Year of
Publica
tion
ISBN/ISSN No.
Title
1
Quality Elementary
Education: Researches
and Issues
Sole
Author
Mahamaya Publising
House, India: New Delhi,
Total Page: 255
2008
ISBN: 978-81-
8325-057-3
2
School Administration
and Educational
Planning
Sole
Author
APH Publishing
Corporation, India: New
Delhi, Total Page: 122.
2012
ISBN: 978-81-
313-1608-5 and
978-81-313-1607-
8
3
School Effectiveness
Sole
Author
APH Publishing
Corporation, India: New
Delhi, Total Page: 167.
2012
ISBN: 978-93-
313-1695-0 and
978-93-313-1696-
7
4
Implementation of Co-
Curricular Activities in
Secondary School
Co-
author
LAMBERT Academic
Publishing, Germany:
Heinrich-Böcking-Str.,
Saarbrücken, Total Page:
146.
2014
ISBN: 978-3-659-
50182-1
5
Educational Leadership
and Management
Sole
Author
Renu Publishers, India:
New Delhi, Total Page: 338
2015
ISBN: 978-81-
930379-7-9
(Print) and 978-
81-930379-1-1
(Online)
6
Resource Book on ICT
Integrated Teacher
Education
Sole
Author
Commonwealth
Educational Media Centre
for Asia (CEMCA),
Commonwealth of
Learning (COL),
New Delhi
2016
ISBN: 978-81-
88770-30-4
7
Exploring the Horizons
of Research in Teacher
Education
Co-
author
(1
st
Author)
Desh Vikas Publications
Visakhapatnam, India
2016
ISBN: 978-81-
932958-2-9
8
Vocational Education
and Training: A study of
Netaji Subhas Open
University
Sole
Author
School of Vocational
Studies, Netaji Subhas
Open
University, Kolkata, India
2018
ISBN: 978-93-
82112-65-5
9
Quality Higher
Education through Open
Educational Resources
Sole
Author
Commonwealth
Educational
Media Centre for Asia
(CEMCA), Commonwealth
of Learning (COL),
New Delhi
2018
ISBN: 978-81-
88770-35-9
10
Quality Assurance
Toolkit for Open and
Distance Learning
(ODL) Institutions
Co-
author
(1
st
Author)
Commonwealth
Educational
Media Centre for Asia
(CEMCA), Commonwealth
of Learning (COL),
New Delhi
2019
ISBN: 987-81-
88770-37-3
11
Best Practices in Open
and Distance Education:
Case Studies from
Commonwealth
Co-
author
(1
st
Author)
Commonwealth
Educational
Media Centre for Asia
(CEMCA), Commonwealth
2021
ISBN: 978-81-
88770-41-0
13
Countries
of Learning (COL),
New Delhi
12
Student Satisfaction
with
Open Distance
Learning:
Experiences of Open
Universities
Sole
Author
Commonwealth
Educational
Media Centre for Asia
(CEMCA), Commonwealth
of Learning (COL),
New Delhi
2021
ISBN: 978-81-
88770-39-7
13
Handbook on Online
Education in
Commonwealth Asia
Co-
author
(1
st
Author)
Commonwealth
Educational
Media Centre for Asia
(CEMCA), Commonwealth
of Learning (COL),
New Delhi
2022
ISBN: 978-81-
88770-42-7
14
• Name: Dr. Padmapriya Irabatti
• Date of Birth: 07/12/1975
• Education Qualifications: B.Sc.(Mathematics), MBA,
M.Phil, Ph.D.
• Work Experience
a. Teaching: 17 years
b. Research: 15 years
c. Industry: 6.5 years
d. Others: NA
e. Area of Specialization: Marketing Management, Strategic Management
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level
1. Marketing Management
2. Consumer Behaviour
3. Marketing Research
4. Sales and Distribution Management
5. Research Methodology an SQM
6. Entrepreneurship Development and Management
7. International Business Management
8. International Trade Logistics
9. Strategic Marketing
10. Project management
Research guidance (Number of Students)
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 27
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Projects Carried out:
FUNDED RESEARCH PROJECT:-
Received grant of Rs. 20000/- by Bharati Vidyapeet, for the research project on ‘‘Potential for
Higher Education in Tier II and Tier III cities in Maharashtra with special reference to Solapur
City’, in the academic year 2011-2012
• Patents (Filed & Granted): NA
• Technology Transfer: NA
• Research Publications (No.of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 27
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication, etc.): 01
Publication in Book-
‘How To Teach Easily: A Research Based Report For College Faculty Members With Special
Reference To Business Management Stream’ in Innovative Thoughts: Education,
Management, Arts, Science and Linguistics (Vol-2), 2011, Published by Anuragam Publishers,
ISBN No. 978-93-80627-99-1, pp 281-290
15
• Name: Dr.Sunita Dhanesh Patil
• Date of Birth: 18/05/1976
• Education Qualifications: B.Sc(Computer Sci.,MCM.MCA.
MPhil(IT),PhD (Computer Management)
Work Experience
➢ Teaching: 20
➢ Other: 02
• Area of Specialization: Computer Management
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Projects carried out: NA
• Patents (Filed & Granted):NA
• Technology Transfer: NA
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences):
a. Participated in An International Peer Reviewed SCHOLARLY RESEARCH JOURNAL FOR
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES. ISSN 2278-8808 http://www.srjis.com/index.php/78-
issues-latest/76-issues-august-2012
b. Participated in National Conference on HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT FOR
QUALITY ENHANCEMENT IN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS: PERSPECTIVES AND
PROSPECTS, PAREL, MUMBAI WITH ISBN 978-81924451-0-6.
c. Participated in Conference on PARADIGM SHIFT IN INNOVATIVE BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT, Vishisht Institute of Professional Studies and Research
(VIPSAR),INDORE
d. Participated in National Conference on “Emerging Trends in IT” (ETIT - 2013) at
Sinhgad Institute of Business Administration and Computer Application (SIBACA)
e. Participated in Modern College of Engineering, Pune Research Journal ‘Chaitanya’
with ISSN 2277-6885.
f. Participated in SKN Sinhgad School of business Mangaement, Pune , National
conference’ Confluence 2017’ ‘SANKALAN’ international multidisciplinary peer
reviewed research journal.
g. Participated in Sinhgad institute of Management and computer application , Pune
,2nd International conference on Innovations in IT and Management(ICI2TM-2017)
ISSN NO. 2229-5429 , Impact Factor=4.105
h. Participated in Abhinav National Monthly Refereed Journal of Research in Commerce
& Management ISSN-2277-1166 , Month & Year: December 2017, Volume: VI Issue:
XI Page Nos.: 60-65 ,UGC approved serial No. 49010 in the UGC list
i. Participated and Presented in International Seminar on Rural Development in
AsiaPacific Region,Guhawati on the topic of “ICT - A NECESSITY FOR RURAL
DEVELOPMENT “ and “Ict's role in e-governance and rural development: An Indian
Scenario”
16
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of publication
1. Author as a writing Rural IT study material of Mahatma Gandhi National Council of Rural
Education (MGNCRE)[Formerly National Council of Rural Institutes (NCRI)]Ministry of Human
Resource Development Government of India 5-10174, Shakar Bhavan, Fateh Maidan Road,
Hyderabad
2. Author of a book on,” Customer Churn Prediction Using Machine learning technique,
Published by LAMBERT Academic Publishing, Germany, ISBN: ISBN 978-6139-44332-1, 2018.
3. Author of a book on ,” C language” for BBA,2019 SPPU,Pune ,Nirali Prakashan,Pune. ISBN
938910886-1.
4. Author of a book on ,” Essential of Operating System” for MCA ,2019 SPPU,Pune, Nirali
Prakashan,Pune ISBN 938953335-X.
5. Author of a book on ,”Operating System Concept” for BCA,2019 SPPU,Pune, Nirali
Prakashan,Pune ISBN 938953372-4.
6. Author of a book on ,”Operating Systems Concepts” for MCA ,2020 SPPU,Pune, Nirali
Prakashan,Pune ISBN 938953372-5
7. Appointed as a Editor of Gupta Publication” International journal of Academic Research and
development” ISSN:2455-4197,Impact Factor: RJIF 5.22
8. Author of a book on ,”Problem Solving Using Computers and ‘C’ Programming-I” for
F.Y.B.Sc,2020 SPPU,Pune ,Success Publications,Pune. ISBN 978-93-86951-26-7
9. Author of a book on ,”Data Communication and Networking” for S.Y.B.Sc,2020 SPPU,Pune
,Success Publications,Pune. ISBN 978-93-86951-35-9
10. Author of a book on ,”Machine learning Using Cognitive Intelligence using Python” for
MBA,2020 SPPU,Pune ,Success Publications,Pune. ISBN 978-93-86951-38-0
11. Author of a book on ,”Advanced Statistical Methods Using R” for MBA,2020 SPPU,Pune
,Success Publications,Pune. ISBN 978-93-86951-37-3
12. Author of a book on ,”Computer Programing and Applications” for S.Y.B.Com,2020 SPPU,Pune
,Success Publications,Pune. ISBN 978-93-86951-36-6
13. Author of a book on ,”Data Structure and Algorithum-I” for S.Y.B.Sc,2020 SPPU,Pune ,Success
Publications,Pune. ISBN 978-93-86951-32-8
14. Author of a book on ,”Operating System Concept” for BCA,2019 SPPU,Pune, Nirali
Prakashan,Pune ISBN 938-95-3372-4.
15. Author of a book on ,”Network technologies” for MCA(Management),2020 SPPU,Pune, Nirali
Prakashan, Pune ISBN 938-95-3372-6
17
• Name: Dr. Shravan Kadvekar
• Date of Birth: 14 April
• Education Qualifications: B.E. MBA MS PhD
• Work Experience
a. Teaching: 10 Years
b. Research: 05 Years
c. Industry : 15 Years (incl consulting)
d. Others : Nil
e. Area of Specialization: Educational Technology, E-Learning, Information
Technology, Marketing, E-Commerce
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level: MBA, PGDBA, BBA
• Research guidance (Number of Students):
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 2
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing) : Completed
• Projects Carried out : NA
• Patents (Filed & Granted) : NA
• Technology Transfer : NA
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 4 (besides above)
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year
of publication, etc.)
18
• Name: Dr. Aditi Singh
• Date of Birth: 05/03/1981
• Education Qualifications: Ph.D(Management)
MBA, PGDBM, B.Ed, B.Com
Coursera Certified Mentor, BOSCH Certified Trainer
Work Experience:
➢ Teaching: 10 years
➢ Other: 08 years (Service Industries)
• Area of Specialization: Human Resource Management, Administration, Training,
Online Education, Teaching, Mentoring, Media, International HR,
International Curriculum Development, Strategy and Planning, Proposal Preparation,
Research and Consulting
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level
Post Diploma: Business Communication
Under Graduate: Marketing Management, Principles of Management, Business Environment, Business
Organization, Development of Entrepreneurship
Post Graduate: Environment Analysis & Management, International Business, Organizational Change
and Intervention Strategies, International Marketing, Principles of Management, Human Resource
Management, Organization Behaviour, Entrepreneurship, Introduction to International Business
Post Graduate Diploma: Business Communication, Communication Skills, Business Communication
Knowledge Management, Performance Management, Cross-Cultural Management, Team Building,
Event Management.
Created for PGDM: HAM (Human Assets Maximization -Original Creation), FEM (Focused
employability Model)
• Research guidance (Number of Students): Internationl- 04 (Liverpool Business School, UK)
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 08
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): 40
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): 0
• Projects carried out: 03
• Patents (Filed & Granted): 0
• Technology Transfer: 02
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 08
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication:01
Fundamentals of human Resource Management, AISECT Publication, 978-93-94994-22-5, 2022
19
• Name: Dr.Sunita Namdev Nikam
• Date of Birth: 28-07-1980
• Education Qualifications: BCS, M.sc(CS),M.Phil (CS),Ph.D (CS)
• Work Experience
➢ Teaching: 17.6 years
➢ Other: NA
• Area of Specialization: Computer Science
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level - At Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post Graduate Diploma Level
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences:
o National Research Papers-6
o International Research Papers- 20
o Conferences-20
o UGC care- 4
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed /M.Sc (Computer Science)-
2004/M.Phil(Computer Science)-2010
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): Completed/ 2021
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences):
o National Research Papers-6
o International Research Papers- 20
o Conferences-20
o UGC care- 4
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication-
o Success Publication, Enterprise Resource Planning with ISBN-978-93-24457-13-3.
o Success Publication, Data Mining and Data Warehousing with ISBN-978-93-24457-
13-4.
o Techknowledge Publication, Data Mining with ISBN: 978-93-91496-86-9,
20
• Name: Dr.Radhika Mulay
• Date of Birth: 02/01/1989
• Education Qualifications:
Ph.D. (Marketing), M.com (Marketing), M.B.S (HRM), PGDBM, PGPBA
Work Experience
➢ Teaching: 9Yrs.
➢ Other: 1.5 Yrs.
• Area of Specialization: Marketing, Entrepreneurship
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level:
Post Graduate: MBA, M.Sc, MPM, MCA
Under Graduate: BBA, BBA IB, B.Sc Hotel Management ,BBA LLB
Diploma: Polytechnic
PG Diploma: PGDBM, PGDM
• Research guidance (Number of Students) : As a faculty mentor to BBA Students appx-150
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 9
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Projects carried out: 1
• Patents (Filed & Granted): 1
• Technology Transfer:
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 9
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication: Ongoing
21
Name: Dr. Uttara Deolankar
• Date of Birth: 12
th
April 1970
• Education Qualifications: B Sc (Dietetics), MA (Sociology),
M Ed, NET in Education.
• Work Experience
a. Teaching: 14 years
b. Research: 10 years
c. Industry: NA
d. Others: NA
e. Area of Specialization: Educational Administration and Training, Instructional
Design, Guidance and Counselling
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post Graduate
Diploma Level: Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post Graduate
Diploma Level.
• Research guidance (Number of Students): NA
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 21
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): MA (Sociology), M Ed. (Completed)
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing) Ph D in Education Completed
• Projects Carried out: NA
• Patents (Filed & Granted): NA
• Technology Transfer: NA
• Research Publications (No.of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 21
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication,
etc.): NA
22
• Name: Dr. Prashant Ubarhande
• Date of Birth: 27/05/1984
• Education Qualifications: PhD, B.Sc. (Mathematics), MBA, NET.
• Work Experience
a. Teaching: 11 years
b. Research: 10 years
c. Industry: NA
d. Others: NA
e. Area of Specialization: Financial Management
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post Graduate
Diploma Level
1. Financial Management
2. Economics
3. Accounting
4. Security analysis
5. International Finance
6. Quantitative Techniques
7. Banking
Research guidance (Number of Students)
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 12
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Projects carried out: 01
• Patents (Filed & Granted): NA
• Technology Transfer: NA
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 12
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication etc.): 02
Publication in Book-
1. FINANCIAL INCLUSIONS AND SME FINANCING, The Journey of SIMSARC, Published by
Bloomsbury Publishing India Pvt. Ltd; 2020, ISBN: 978-93-00000-00-0, 58-59
2. Evaluation of the Introduction of Information Technology Enabled Services (ITES) In
Banking, Recent Trends in Commerce and Management; 2016, Published by DYPIMR,
Pune, ISBN: 978-93-85526-78-7, 31-33
23
• Name: Vijay Haridas Masarkar
• Date of Birth: 13
th
January 1974
• Education Qualifications: B.Com, M.I.R.P.M.,
A.D.C.S.S.A.A., PG Dip. L.S. (M.L.S.),
M.B.A., UGC-NET (HR), SET (MGT),
Ph.D. (Pursuing)
• Work Experience
a. Teaching: 17 Years
b. P.W.S. College of Arts and Commerce, Nagpur.
c. Raisoni Group of Institutions, Nagpur
d. Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning, Pune
e. Industry: 4.9 Years
f. P. S. Sarkar and Associates, Nagpur
g. Vandana Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., (Shaw Wallace Bottling Plant ) Nagpur,
h. INDO – RAMA Synthetics (I) Ltd. Butibori Nagpur,
i. LORDS WEAR Pvt. Ltd. & Lords Academy of Fashion Technology, Nagpur
j. Artefact Projects Ltd, Nagpur.
k. Others: 3 Years
l. YCMOU Nasik, TMV Pune
m. Area of Specialization: Human Resource Management
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level: Human Resource Development, Organizational Behavior,
Compensation Management, Employee Relations / Industrial Relations, HR audit, Total
Quality Management, Human Resource Information System, Human Resource Management,
Industrial Relations, Labour Laws, Industrial and Labour Economics, Labour Welfare, Industrial
Safety, Laws Related to Social Security, Laws Related to Industrial Relations, Leadership and
Personality Development, Organisational Development, Performance and Potential
Management, Personnel Administration, Retail Management, Sales and Distribution
Management, Strategic HR, Business Laws, Franchise Management, Entrepreneurship
Development and all general management subjects.
In addition, subjects at BBA and MBA Level as per RTMNU, Nagpur.
• Research guidance (Number of Students)
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: NA
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): NA
• Technology Transfer: NA
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): NA
24
• Name – Shashank Bhandakkar
• Date of Birth-05/08/1963
• Education Qualifications-B.E.(Mechanical Engineering ,
MMS ,Diploma Export Import
• Work Experience
a. Teaching- 13 months
b. Industry-30
c. Others
d. Area of Specialization – Supply Chain management ,Operations Management
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level-
1. Supply Chain Management
2. Production and Operations Management
a. 3 .Logistics and distribution management
3. Materials Management
4. World Class Manufacturing
5. Warehouse Management
Research guidance (Number of Students) -
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing)- Ongoing
• Projects Carried out – Industrial Projects ERp ,Turnkey Projects SCM ,NPD projects
• Patents (Filed & Granted)-nil
• Technology Transfer - Functional Contribution in industry
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences) - Nil
• No. of Books published with details.
25
• Name: Dr. Arun Mudbidri
• Date of Birth: 12-04-1956
• Education Qualifications: B. Com, LLB, MPM, Ph. D.
• Work Experience
a) Teaching: 17 Years
b) Research: 04 Years
c) Industry : 10 Years
d) Others : Experience of creating employability modules. Focusing on career building of
MBA students achieving 100% of placement success. Mentorship programs.
During my tenure as Director SIBM the institute became no. 1 private sector
consecutively for 4 years
e) Area of Specialization: Management, HRM, General Management, Business Analysis
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post Graduate
Diploma Level: HRM, Business Environment, General Management
26
• Name: Ms. Pallavai Tembhurnikar
• Date of Birth: 13/02/1990
• Education Qualifications:
M.E (Computers) from Smt. Kashibai Navale College of Engg
Vadgaon in 2016 with 7.53 CGPA
B.E (IT) form Imperial College of Engg and Research in 2011 with 60.53%
Work Experience
➢ Teaching: 2 year 8 months
➢ Other: 8 years 5 months
• Area of Specialization: Finance & Marketing
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level: IT subjects
• Research guidance (Number of Students) : Nil
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 2
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): N/A
• Projects carried out:
1. Security Challenges in Vehicular Cloud Computing
2. Voice recognition in LAN system
• Patents (Filed & Granted): Nil
• Technology Transfer: Nil
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 02
• No. of Books published with details (Name of the book, Publisher with ISBN, year of
publication :Nil
27
• Name: Mrs. Pallavi Mahesh Ligade
• Date of Birth: 20/06/1980
• Education Qualifications: B. Com ,LL.B, LL.M,MPM, Pursuing PhD
Work Experience
➢ Teaching: 16 Yrs
➢ Other: 2 Yrs(Court Practice )
• Area of Specialization: Law
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level :
➢ MBA
➢ M.Com
➢ BBA
➢ Law (UG)
➢ B. Com
➢ Diploma (Law)
• Research guidance (Number of Students)
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 04 (Received best
paper Award and paper got published in Scopus)
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed (LL.M,MPM)
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): Ongoing
28
• Name: Tejaswini Shevate
• Date of Birth: 16/04/1992
• Education Qualifications: M.Com SET
Work Experience
➢ Teaching: 5
➢ Other: 2
• Area of Specialization: Finance
• Courses taught at Diploma/ Post Diploma/ Under Graduate/ Post Graduate/ Post
Graduate Diploma Level
Indian Banking and Financial Systems
Management Accounting
Budgeting and Management Control
Sources of Funds
Financial Institutions and Banking
Strategic Management Accounting
Global Banking and finance
Practices and applications in Life Insurance
• Research guidance (Number of Students)
• No. of papers published in National/ International Journals/ Conferences: 3
• Master (Completed/Ongoing): Completed
• Ph.D. (Completed/Ongoing): Pursuing
• Research Publications (No. of papers published in National/International
Journals/Conferences): 3
29
8. Fees:
A. Details of Fee, as approved by State Fee Committee, for the Institution (AY 2022-23)
Course
General
Defence
NRI
SAARC
Full Fee
1
st
Installment
2
nd
Installment
Full Fee
1
st
Installment
2
nd
Installment
Full Fee
1
st
Installment
2
nd
Installment
Full Fee
1
st
Installment
2
nd
Installment
PGCF-MA
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
$450
-
-
$350
-
-
PGCF-TL
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
$450
-
-
$350
-
-
PGCM-CL
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
$450
-
-
$350
-
-
PGCM-DM
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
$450
-
-
$350
-
-
PGCM-ED
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
$450
-
-
$350
-
-
PGCM-EM
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 15,000
₹ 10,000
$450
-
-
$350
-
-
PGCBA
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGCDT
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGCHM
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDBA
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDBCL_2Year
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDBFS
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDCRM_2Year
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDDS
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDEM(RE)
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDEXIM_2Year
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDHRM
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDIB
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDIBM
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDIT
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDP&HRM (LL)
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDPM_2Year
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDRM_2Year
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDSCM_2Year
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
PGDTWBM_2Year
₹ 50,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 20,000
₹ 47,000
₹ 35,000
₹ 17,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
C-PGDBA
₹ 67,000
₹ 40,000
₹ 27,000
-
-
-
$2,400
$1,600
$1,100
$1,300
$900
$600
PGCF
₹ 75,000
₹ 48,000
₹ 32,000
₹ 72,000
₹ 46,000
₹ 31,000
$1,645
$1,151
$660
$1,300
$900
$600
30
B. Time schedule for payment of Fee for the entire Programme (AY 2022-23)
SN
SERVICES
1ST CYCLE - JULY 2022
2ND CYCLE - JAN 2023
1
Pay Complete Program Fee
31 Aug 2022
15 Mar 2023
2
Pay Full Program Fee with Late Fee
10 Sep 2022
25 Mar 2023
3
Admission Cancellation - Refund of Fee
31 Aug 2022
15 Mar 2023
4
Apply for EBC [Fee Concession]
31 Aug 2022
28 Feb 2023
5
Pay Program Fee as per
• Option 1: One Instalment: Full Fee
Within 30 days of grant of confirmed admission
• Option 2: Two Instalments:
- Pay 1
st
Instalment within 15 days of grant of
confirmed admission
- Pay 2
nd
Instalment within 60 days of payment of
1
st
Inst payment or on or before the last date to
pay full fee, whichever is earlier, as per policy.
C. No. of Fee waivers granted with amount and name of students
i. EBC: Fee concession for last three Academic Years granted to Students
Academic Year
No of students who were
given fee waiver
Amount of fee waiver
2017-2018
4
₹ 35,500
2018-2019
43
₹ 4,17,500
2019-2020
27
₹ 2,91,250
2020-2021
0
₹ 0
2021-2022
34
₹ 4,32,500
2022-2023
20
₹ 2,47,500
Grand Total
128
₹ 14,24,250
Note: For AY 2020-21, no applications received under EBC fee Concession.
ii. Defence Personnel: As a recognition of their service to the nation, fee waiver up to
15% in course fee is given, to defence personnel’s
Academic Year
No of defence personnel’s students
who were given fee waiver
Amount of fee waiver
2017-2018
137
₹ 4,19,000
2018-2019
154
₹ 5,20,000
2019-2020
132
₹ 5,25,000
2020-2021
192
₹ 11,39,000
2021-2022
162
₹ 4,59,000
2022-2023
91
₹ 2,71,500
Grand Total
868
₹ 33,33,500
31
D. Criteria for Fee waivers
Fee oncession Scheme for Students of SCDL Belonging to Economically Backward
Community (EBC) - AY 2022-23
Symbiosis firmly believes that it is the foremost responsibility of every educational institute
to contribute to some extent for the cause of uplift of the weaker section of the society.
Symbiosis is fully aware of its social obligations and to meet these social obligations,
Symbiosis Open Education Society announced fee concessions to 100 deserving students
belonging to Economically Backward Community (EBC) & share their financial burden to some
extent & to motivate them to continue to pursue to enrol for the programs of Symbiosis
Centre for Distance Learning (SCDL).
Eligibility: Students fulfilling the following eligibility criteria will be eligible for fee
concession under this scheme.
a) The total income of the family [means self (if earning), father and mother] of the student
from all sources should not exceed Rs.1,50,000/- per annum.
b) The application for fee concession from this category should be supported by a certificate of
annual income issued by Competent Govt. Authority.
c) The admission of the student should be confirmed. Student must have enrolled for Post
Graduate Diploma program.
d) The student must have paid the first instalment full amount. The student can avail fee
concession of 25% on total program fees.
e) This scheme is not applicable to the International / SAARC students.
Procedure & Rules for award of Fee Concession:
a) The student should submit prescribed application form for fee concession under this scheme
along with the attested copies of;
i. Certificate of annual income of the family issued by the Competent Govt. Authority.
ii. Mark-list of 10
th
Std., 12
th
Std. and qualifying examination.
iii. Birth Date Certificate (School leaving certificate or any other valid document mentioning the
date of birth).
b) The Fee Concession Committee will consider the applications and will recommend the names
of maximum 100 students for award of fee concession.
c) Head Finance will inform the concerned students about the fee concession granted to them.
d) If the number of applications of eligible students is more than 100, the Fee Concession
Committee shall normally apply the criteria of highest marks obtained by the students
amongst themselves at the qualifying examination.
e) If two students have obtained the same percentage/marks at the qualifying examination,
then the student obtaining highest marks at the 12
th
standard examination shall be given
preference over the other.
f) If the marks obtained by two students are same at the last qualifying examination and at 12
th
standard examination, then the student obtaining highest marks at the 10
th
standard
examination shall be given preference over the other.
g) If two students have obtained the same percentage / marks at the last qualifying
examination, 12
th
standard examination and 10
th
standard examination then the student
senior in age between them shall be given preference.
h) Fee concession will be applicable for the students enrolling for Post Graduate Diploma
program ONLY.
i) It is the sole discretion of the Director, SCDL, to grant or reject any application/s received for
grant of fee concession under this scheme.
32
E. Any Other fees:
Administrative Charges for other Service Requests for AY 2022-23
Sr.No.
Fee Type
National
International
SAARC
Fees in (Rs.)
Fee in $
Fee in (Rs.)
Fee in $
Fee in (Rs.)
By Hand
By Post
(USD)
1$=Rs 76
(USD)
1$=Rs 76
A
Additional Services
1
Duplicate
Student ID-Card
₹ 200
₹ 250
$35
₹ 2,660
$25
₹ 1,900
Fee Receipt
₹ 200
₹ 250
$35
₹ 2,660
$25
₹ 1,900
2
Dual Specialization
PGDBA | PGCBA
₹ 10,000
₹ 10,000
$700
₹ 53,200
$400
₹ 30,400
PGDIM
₹ 7,000
₹ 7,000
$350
₹ 26,600
$200
₹ 15,200
3
Specilization Change
Within Due Date
₹ 500
₹ 500
$40
₹ 3,040
$30
₹ 2,280
After Due Date
₹ 2,000
₹ 2,200
$90
₹ 6,840
$70
₹ 5,320
4
Program Change
Within Due Date
₹ 1,500
₹ 1,500
$80
₹ 6,080
$70
₹ 5,320
After Due Date
₹ 6,000
₹ 7,000
$250
₹ 19,000
$200
₹ 15,200
5
SLM Re-dispatch charges
One Semester Kit
NA
₹ 700
NA
NA
NA
NA
Single Loose Book
NA
₹ 200
NA
NA
NA
NA
6
Purchase of SLM
One Semester Kit
₹ 1,000
₹ 1,200
$60
₹ 4,560
$52
₹ 3,952
Single Loose Book
₹ 500
₹ 700
$25
₹ 1,900
$22
₹ 1,672
B
Evaluation
1
Examination
i. Exam Fee per Attempt
₹ 450
₹ 450
$25
₹ 1,900
$20
₹ 1,520
ii. Re-evaluation (only
for subjective questions)
₹ 500
₹ 500
$30
₹ 2,280
$25
₹ 1,900
2
Assignment paid
Attempt
₹ 350
₹ 350
$20
₹ 1,520
$15
₹ 1,140
3
Project of 100 Marks
i. Submission
₹ 600
₹ 600
$35
₹ 2,660
$25
₹ 1,900
ii. Re-Submission
₹ 1,200
₹ 1,200
$55
₹ 4,180
$45
₹ 3,420
iii. Re-Evaluation
₹ 1,200
₹ 1,200
$55
₹ 4,180
$45
₹ 3,420
4
Project of 50 Marks
i. Submission
₹ 300
₹ 300
$15
₹ 1,140
$15
₹ 1,140
ii. Re-Submission
₹ 500
₹ 500
$25
₹ 1,900
$25
₹ 1,900
iii. Re-Evaluation
₹ 500
₹ 500
$25
₹ 1,900
$25
₹ 1,900
5
Submissions
i. Submission
₹ 200
₹ 200
$5
₹ 380
$5
₹ 380
ii. Re-Submission
₹ 300
₹ 300
$8
₹ 608
$8
₹ 608
iii. Re-Evaluation
₹ 300
₹ 300
$10
₹ 760
$10
₹ 760
6
Duplicate
Diploma + Mark sheet
₹ 1,200
₹ 1,500
$55
₹ 4,180
$40
₹ 3,040
Diploma ONLY
₹ 900
₹ 1,000
$50
₹ 3,800
$35
₹ 2,660
Mark sheet ONLY
₹ 400
₹ 500
$40
₹ 3,040
$30
₹ 2,280
7
PCP
₹ 500
₹ 500
NA
NA
NA
NA
8
Student Verification
₹ 400
₹ 600
$35
₹ 2,660
$25
₹ 1,900
9
Transcripts (01 copy)
₹ 400
₹ 600
$35
₹ 2,660
$25
₹ 1,900
10
Provisional Certificate
₹ 300
₹ 400
$35
₹ 2,660
$25
₹ 1,900
11
Syllabus charges
₹ 300
₹ 500
$35
₹ 2,660
$25
₹ 1,900
C
Late Fee
1
Programs Late Fee
2 Years courses
₹ 5,000
₹ 4,500
$300
₹ 22,800
$150
₹ 11,400
33
Sr.No.
Fee Type
National
International
SAARC
Fees in (Rs.)
Fee in $
Fee in (Rs.)
Fee in $
Fee in (Rs.)
By Hand
By Post
(USD)
1$=Rs 76
(USD)
1$=Rs 76
1 Year courses
₹ 3,000
₹ 2,500
$200
₹ 15,200
$100
₹ 7,600
2 to 6 months courses
₹ 1,000
₹ 1,000
$30
₹ 2,280
$25
₹ 1,900
2
Re-registration - Extension
2 Years & 1.5 Years
₹ 8,000
₹ 8,000
$450
₹ 34,200
$400
₹ 30,400
1 Year
₹ 5,000
₹ 5,000
$350
₹ 26,600
$300
₹ 22,800
2 to 6 months courses
₹ 1,500
₹ 1,500
$50
₹ 3,800
$30
₹ 2,280
34
Admission
A. Number of seats sanctioned with the year of approval
Program
Course
Course
Duration
Level
Approved
Intake
2018-19
Approved
Intake
2019-20
Approved
Intake
2020-21
Approved
Intake
2021-22
Approved
Intake
2022-23
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Business Administration
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
6800
6800
6800
6800
6800
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Banking and Finance
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
International Business
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
500
500
500
500
500
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Information Technology
Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
950
950
950
950
950
Management
Corporate Post Graduate
Diploma in Business
Administration
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
350
350
350
350
350
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Business and Corporate Law
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
350
350
350
350
350
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Customer Relationship
Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
250
250
250
250
250
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Export and Import
Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
250
250
250
250
250
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Human Resource
Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Insurance Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
100
100
100
100
100
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Retail Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
200
200
200
200
200
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Supply Chain Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
850
850
850
850
850
Management
Post Graduate Certificate
Program in Cyber Law
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
150
150
150
150
150
Management
Post Graduate Certificate
Program in
Entrepreneurship
Development
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
100
100
100
100
100
Management
Post Graduate Certificate
Program in Management
Accounting
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
100
100
100
100
100
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Technical Writing in
Business Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
100
100
100
100
100
Management
Post Graduate Certificate
Program in Digital
Marketing
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
150
150
300
300
300
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Project Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
--
--
500
500
500
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Event Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
--
--
200
200
200
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Data Science
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
--
--
600
600
600
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Personnel & HRM (LL)
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
--
--
200
200
200
Management
Post Graduate Diploma in
Energy Management
2
Post Graduate
Diploma
--
--
200
200
200
Management
Post Graduate Certificate in
Finance (Taxation Laws)
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
--
--
250
250
250
Management
Post Graduate Certificate in
Business Analytics
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
--
--
--
--
300
Management
Post Graduate Certificate in
Design Thinking
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
--
--
--
--
200
Management
Post Graduate Certificate in
FinTech
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
--
--
--
--
200
Management
Post Graduate Certificate in
Healthcare Management
1
Post Graduate
Certificate
--
--
--
--
200
35
B. Number of Students admitted under various categories each year in the last three years
Caste
AY 2019-2020
AY 2020-2021
AY 2021-2022
AY 2022-2023
Open
6255
5429
6963
4578
OBC
1243
1246
1665
1128
SC
288
271
355
298
ST
38
49
57
42
Minority
342
226
321
163
Other
1305
1017
1018
593
NA
6
261
-
-
Grand Total
9477
8499
10379
6802
36
9. Admission Procedure
A. Purchase of application form:
Students desiring to take admission purchase application online via SCDL website
www.scdl.net
B. Registration:
Students need to fill the form online and upload copies of necessary documents in
the prescribed format.
C. Fee payment:
Students submit complete program fee from their respective student login as per
timelines specified either through online payment gateway or by demand draft.
10. Criteria and Weightages for Admission
Sr.
No
.
Durati
on
Program
Short
Name
Program Full Name
Eligibility
1
2 Yrs
PGDBA
Post Graduate Diploma In
Business Administration
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
2
2 Yrs
PGDBFS
Post Graduate Diploma In
Banking & Financial Services
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
3
2 Yrs
PGDIB
Post Graduate Diploma In
International Business
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
4
2 Yrs
PGDIT
Post Graduate Diploma In
Information Technology
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
5
2 Yrs
PGDBCL
Post Graduate Diploma In
Business and Corporate Law
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
6
2 Yrs
PGDCRM
Post Graduate Diploma In
Customer Relationship
Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
7
2 Yrs
PGDEXI
M
Post Graduate Diploma In
Export & Import
Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
8
2 Yrs
PGDHR
M
Post Graduate Diploma In
Human Resource
Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
9
2 Yrs
PGDIBM
Post Graduate Diploma In
Insurance Business
Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
10
2 Yrs
PGDRM
Post Graduate Diploma In
Retail Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
37
11
2 Yrs
PGDSCM
Post Graduate Diploma In
Supply Chain Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
12
2 Yrs
PGDTWB
M
Post Graduate Diploma In
Technical Writing In Business
Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
13
2 Yrs
PGDPM
Post Graduate Diploma In
Project Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
14
2 Yrs
PGDDS
Post Graduate Diploma In
Data Science
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
15
2 Yrs
PGDP &
HRM
[LL]
Post Graduate Diploma In
Personnel & HRM [Labour
Laws]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
16
2 Yrs
PGDEM
[RE]
Post Graduate Diploma In
Energy Management
[Renewable Energy]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
17
2 Yrs
CPGDBA
Corporate Post Graduate
Diploma In Business
Administration
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
18
1 Yr
PGCM
[EM]
Post Graduate Certificate
In Mgmt. [Event
Management]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
19
1 Yr
PGCM
[DM]
Post Graduate Certificate
In Mgmt. [Digital
Marketing]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
20
1 Yr
PGCM
[CL]
Post Graduate Certificate
In Mgmt. [Cyber Laws]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
21
1 Yr
PGCM
[ED]
Post Graduate Certificate
In Mgmt.
[Entrepreneurship Dev.]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
22
1 Yr
PGCF
[MA]
Post Graduate Certificate
In Finance [Mgmt.
Accounting]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
38
23
1 Yr
PGCF
[TL]
Post Graduate Certificate
In Finance [Taxation Laws]
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
24
1 Yr
PGCBA
Post Graduate Certificate in
Business Analytics
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University
/Institution.
25
1 Yr
PGCDT
Post Graduate Certificate
in Design Thinking
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
26
1 Yr
PGCF
Post Graduate Certificate
in FinTech
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
27
1 Yr
PGCHM
Post Graduate Certificate
in Healthcare Management
• Bachelor degree holder / Graduate in any
discipline from a recognised University.
• International / SAARC Graduate from a
recognised / accredited University /Institution.
Note: Students who have appeared for final year of examination of their bachelor's degree program and are
awaiting results can also apply, subject to successfully completing their bachelor's degree program /
graduation within the time-period specified by SCDL.
39
11. Information of Infrastructure and Other Resources Available
A. Infrastructure for ODL courses at Headquarters:
Sr No.
Type of Area
Area in Sq. mtr.
1.
Academic area
960
2.
Administrative area
304.27
3.
Academic support area
600.66
4.
Amenities or other support facilities area
348.45
B. Barrier Free Built Environment for disabled and elderly persons:
SCDL provides appropriate facilities to take care of the physically challenged students
and elderly persons comprising Teaching/ Non-Teaching staff including students
visiting the Institution. Barrier Free Built Environment for disabled/ elderly persons is
available in the institution building. Institution building has an entrance accessible to
the physically challenged. The entrance can be approached through a ramp.
40
C. Occupancy Certificate:
41
42
D. Fire and Safety Certificate:
43
E. Library:
i. Library Collection (Books)
Sr.No
Course
Total No of Titles
Total No of Volumes
1
Management
946
2303
2
Law
423
884
3
Information
Technology
366
638
Total
1735
3825
ii. Print Journals /magazines details (Subscribed)
Sr
No
Name of the Journal
National
/International
1
Indian Journal of Commerce & Management
Studies
National
2
Indian Journal of Industrial Relation
National
3
IIMB Management Review
National
4
Harvard Business Review
International
5
Vikalpa: the decision makers
National
6
Asian Economic Review
National
7
MCCIA (Membership -IA-8231)
National
8
India Today
National
9
Outlook
National
10
BW/Business world
National
11
University News journal
National
12
Indian Journal of Open Learning
National
iii. Online e- National/ International Journals (subscribed)
EBSCO – online Full Text Journal
• Business Source Elite : 1072
E-library (Subscribed)
• EBSCO INTERNATIONAL INC.
• EBSCOHOST- EBOOK BUSINESS COLLECTION (ESS NEGOTIATED PRICE)
(24209 e-books)
44
F. Computing Facilities
i.
Sr
No
Item
Qty
Description
1.
Internet Bandwidth
----
100 Mbps
2.
Number and configuration of
System
183
• Intel Core2Duo,
• i3,i5 processor machines,
• 4GB/8GB RAM,
• 500GB/1TB Hard Disk/128/256/512 GB SSD
• Monitor Thin Client
3.
Total number of systems
connected by LAN
183
----
4.
Total number of systems
connected by WAN
4
----
5.
Major software packages
available
----
• Windows 8.1/10 Desktop Operating System
• Windows Server Operating System
• Linux Operating System
• Microsoft SQL Database
• Oracle Database
• JBoss
• MySQL Database
• Moodle
• Koha
• Tally
6.
Special purpose facilities
available (Conduct of online
Meetings/Webinars/Workshops,
etc.)
----
• Microsoft Teams,
• Zoom
• Google Meet
7.
Facilities for conduct of
classes/courses in online mode
(Theory & Practical)
----
• Microsoft Teams,
• Zoom for online classes, JBoss Application for
uploading Assignments
• Moodle for uploading projects
ii. Social Media Cell:
The objective of the Cell is to manage as well as communicate important details pertaining to
various student activities as well as various initiatives taken by the institute, different events
and activities organized at the institution.
Key functions:
a. To publish webinar series, online counselling, events etc.
b. To receive feedback, critics, review etc. and to initiate suitable actions.
c. To publish Student Testimonials, details of Alumni meet, Placement Meet etc.
The cell manages institute website www.scdl.net and all social media handles of Symbiosis
Centre for Distance Learning namely Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Instagram etc.
Links to Social Media Handles of the institute:
LinkedIn : https://www.linkedin.com/school/symbiosiscentrefordistancelearning
Facebook : https://www.facebook.com/SCDLDistanceLearning
Instagram : https://www.instagram.com/symbiosisdistance/
Twitter : https://twitter.com/SCDLSymbiosis
45
G. Teaching Learning Process
i. Curricula and syllabus for each of the Programmes
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (PGDBA)
Total Credits- 80
COURSE STRUCTURE:
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Principles and Practices of Management
Production or Operations Management
Organizational Behavior
Financial Management
Management Accounting
Human Resource Management
Managerial Economics
Marketing Management
Business Law
Management Information Systems
Finance Specialization
Semester III: Finance
Semester IV: Finance
Course Title
Course Title
Capital Market
Direct Taxation
Corporate Governance
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods and Project
Strategic Management
Electives (any one)
Electives (any one)
Project Finance
Strategic Finance
Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
International Finance
Financial Institutions and Banking
Indirect Taxation
Marketing Specialization
Semester III: Marketing
Semester IV: Marketing
Course Title
Course Title
Services Marketing
Sales and Distribution Management
Marketing Research
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods and Project
Strategic Management
Electives (any one)
Electives (any one)
Advertising and Public Relations
International Marketing
Consumer Behavior
B2B Marketing
Industrial Marketing
Virtual Marketing
46
Management Accounting Specialization
Semester III: Management Accounting
Semester IV: Management Accounting
Course Title
Course Title
Project Financial Management
Group Financial Statements
Cost Planning and Analysis
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods and Project
Budgeting and Management Control
Electives (any one)
Electives (any one)
Strategic Management
Corporate Governance
Strategic Management Accounting
International Finance
Strategic Finance
Capital Market
Human Resources Management Specialization
Semester III: Human Resource
Management
Semester IV: Human Resource
Management
Course Title
Course Title
Human Resource Development
Performance and Potential Management
Industrial Relations and Labour Laws
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods and Project
Strategic Management
Electives (any one)
Electives (any one)
Personnel Administration
Human Resource Information System
Compensation Management
Organizational Development
Industrial and Labour Economics
Strategic HR and TQM
Customer Relationship Management Specialization
Semester III: Customer Relationship
Management
Semester IV: Customer Relationship
Management
Course Title
Course Title
Customer Relationship Management
Advanced CRM
Consumer Behaviour
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods and Project
Strategic Management
Electives (any one)
Electives (any one)
B2B Markets and CRM
Technology in CRM
Business Communication
CRM in Service Industry
Consumer Protection Act, 2019
Marketing Research
Operations Specialization
Semester III: Operations
Semester IV: Operations
Course Title
Course Title
Quantitative Techniques
Supply Chain Management
Materials Management
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods and Project
Strategic Management
Electives (any one)
Electives (any one)
Techniques for Operations Efficiency
Technology Management
Operations Strategy
World Class Manufacturing
Project Management (Operations)
Business Process Re-engineering
47
COURSE CURRICULUM
Semester – I
Principles & Practices of Management (PPM)
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organization for Business
3. Need for Managing Organization and Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organizing
9. Staffing
10. Leading: Directing • Communicating •
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronizing)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Managerial Career
Organization Behaviour
1. Historical Evolution of Organisational
Behaviour
2. Understanding Organisational Behaviour:
3. Perception
4. Personality
5. Attitudes
6. Motivation: The Driving Forces of Human
Behaviour
7. Work Motivation Theories
8. Morale
9. Work and Conditions of Work
10. Conflict Management
11. Group Dynamics
12. Stress Management
13. Leadership
14. Management of Organisational Change
15. Organisational Culture
16. Organisational Power and Politics
Management Accounting
1. Introduction To Accounting
2. Basics of Financial Accounting
3. Process of Accounting
4. Cost Accountancy (Basic Concepts and
Principles)
5. Elements of Costs
6. Material Costs
7. Labour Costs
8. Overhead Costs
9. Marginal Costing
10. Budgetary Control
11. Standard Costing
Managerial Economics
1. Introduction to Managerial Economics
2. Profit
3. Demand
4. Elasticity of Demand
5. Demand Forecasting
6. Supply Analysis
7. Production and Costs – I
8. Production and Costs – II
9. Pricing and Output Determination Under
Perfect Competition
10. Imperfect Competition
11. Pricing Methods or Pricing Practices
12. Cost Benefit Analysis
13. Macro-Economic Analysis
Business Law
1. Indian Contract Act, 1872 – Part I
2. Indian Contract Act, 1872 – Part II
3. Special Types of Contracts
4. Partnership Act, 1932
5. Sale of Goods Act, 1930
6. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
7. The Consumer Protection Act, 2019
8. Companies Act, 2013
Semester-II
Production / Operations Management
1. The Production (Manufacturing) Function
2. Manufacturing Methods
3. Facilities (Plant) Location
4. Facilities (Plant) Layout
5. Production Planning and Control (PPC)
6. Aggregate Planning
7. Master Production Schedule
8. Operations Scheduling
9. Production Activity Control
10. JIT and Kanban
11. Project Planning & Control: Critical Path
Analysis (PERT/CPM)
12. Maintenance of the Plant
13. Quality Management- I
14. Quality Management - II
15. Six Sigma
16. Work Study - I (Method Study)
17. Work Study - II (Work Measurement)
18. Operations Management in Service Sector
48
Financial Management
1. Finance Function
2. Forms of Business Organisation
3. Financial Statements
4. Interpretation of Financial Statements (Ratio
Analysis)
5. Interpretation of Financial Statements (Funds
Flow/Cash Flow statements
6. Capitalisation
7. Sources of Long Term and Medium-Term
Finance
8. Capital Structure
9. Leverages and Theories of Capital Structure
10. Capital Market
11. Capital Budgeting
12. Working Capital Management
13. Management of Cash
14. Management of Receivables
15. Management of Inventory
16. Dividend Policy
Human Resource Management
1. Nature of Human Resource Development
2. Human Resource Planning
3. Job Evaluation
4. Recruitment, Selection, Promotion and
Transfer
5. Training and Development
6. Performance Improvement
7. Performance Appraisal
8. Career and Succession Planning
9. Total Quality Management
10. HRD Audit
11. Managing Change through Continuous
Improvement
12. Good HR Practices
13. Recent Techniques in Human Resource
Management
14. Human Resource Practices in Information
Technology Industry
Marketing Management
1. Basic Concepts of Marketing
2. The Marketing Environment
3. Market Oriented Strategic Planning
4. Competition and Competitive Strategy
5. Market Research and Demand Forecasting
6. Consumer Behavior
7. Market Segmentation and Selecting Target
Markets
8. Positioning
9. Product Concepts
10. Distribution Channels and Marketing of
Services
11. Strategic Pricing
12. Integrated Marketing Communications
Management Information Systems
1. Management Information System
2. Information Technology
3. Data Communication and IT Enabled Services
Management and
4. Decision Making
5. Information:
6. Decision Support System
7. System Analysis and Design
8. System Development
9. The Database Management System:
10. Data Warehousing and Data Mining:
11. Information Security and Control
12. Information Systems and Quality
13. Functional Applications
14. Applications in Service Sector
Marketing Specialisation
Semester-III
Services Marketing
1. Introduction to Services
2. Customer Expectations and Service
Perceptions
3. Service Models and New Product
Development
4. Pricing and Service Delivery
5. Service Promotion
6. The People Dimension of Services
7. Service Process Blueprinting and Physical
Evidence
8. Service Quality
Marketing Research
1. Fundamentals of Market Research
2. Application and Limitations
3. Sampling
4. Questionnaire Design Development
5. Scaling
6. Data Collection-Primary and Secondary
7. Data Preparation and Processing
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Multivariate Analysis
10. Research Process and Design
11. Specialised Techniques in Market Research
12. Market and Sales Analysis Research
13. New Product Development and Test
Marketing
14. Presentation of Research Findings
15. Research in Service Segments
49
Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
5. Corporate Level Strategies: I
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
Advertising and Public Relations
1. What is Advertising
2. Objectives of Advertising, Planning and
Decision Making
3. Creating the Advertising Campaign
4. Brand Image, Personality and Equity
5. Advertising, Market Positioning,
Segmentation
6. Media Strategy, Budgets, Research
7. Global Marketing and Advertising
8. Advertising and Society, Ethics and
Regulations
9. What is Public Relations
10. Nature and Scope of Public Relations
11. Organisation and Practice
12. Public Relations Practitioner
13. Principal Areas of PR Work
14. Case Studies
15. Media Relations, Investor Relations
Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behaviour
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer/Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behaviour
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behaviour
Industrial Marketing
1. The Nature of Industrial Marketing
2. Industrial Marketing Environment
3. Industrial Buyer Behaviour
4. Industrial Marketing Research
5. Market Segmentation, Targeting and
Positioning
6. Product Planning and Development
7. Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC)
8. Distribution Channels and Logistics
9. Role of Services
10. Price and Pricing Strategies
11. Personal Selling and Negotiations
12. Strategic Marketing Planning
13. International and Global Marketing Issues
14. Future Trends
Marketing Specialisation
Semester-IV
Sales and Distribution Management
Part-I
1. Introduction to Sales Management
2. Personal Selling
3. Effective Sales Executive
4. Sales Planning and Budgeting
5. Sales Forecasting
6. Sales Organisation
7. Recruitment and Selection of Sales Force
8. Sales Training
9. Sales Quota and Compensating Sales Personnel
10. Leading and Motivating the Sales Personnel
11. Evaluation and Control of Sales Force
12. Sales Territory
13. Key Account Management
Part-II
1. Introduction to Distribution Management
2. Retailing
3. Wholesaling
4. Warehousing
5. Transportation
6. Distribution Channels in Services
7. Distribution Planning and Control
Research Methodology and Statistical Quantitative
Methods
Section-I Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
50
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Section – II Statistical Quantitative Methods
15. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
16. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median
& Mode)
17. Correlation
18. Probability
19. Queuing Theory
20. Game Theory & Decision Theory
International Marketing
1. Introduction to International Marketing
2. Challenges of Globalisation
3. Why Firms Go International
4. The Task of International Marketing
5. Environmental Factors Affecting
International Marketing
6. Foreign Market Entry Strategy
7. International Product Strategy
8. International Distribution Strategy
9. International Promotion Strategy
10. International Pricing Strategy
11. Outsourcing and Strategic Relationships
12. International Marketing Research
13. E-Marketing and E-Commerce
14. Future Trends
B2B Marketing
1. Introduction to Business Marketing
2. Organisational Buying / Buyer Behaviour
3. Enterprise Selling
4. Product Differentiation of Business Products
5. B2B Hub
6. Multi-Channel Marketing
7. B2B Database Marketing
8. Key Account Management (KAM)
9. Strategic B2B Marketing
10. Marketing Research in B2B Marketing
Virtual Marketing
1. E-Business Fundamentals
2. The Virtual Value Chain
3. Consumer Behaviour On the Internet
4. Information for Competitive Marketing
Advantage
5. The Internet Marketing Mix
6. Customer Experience on the Web
7. E-Customer Relationship Management
8. Virtual Communities
9. Legal and Ethical Issues
10. Risk Mitigation & Consumer Rights
11. Business Models for Virtual Enterprises
Project
Students are required to submit a project report by the
end of semester 4
Human Resource Management Specialisation
Semester-III
Human Resource Development
1. Introduction to Human Resource Development
2. Training and Organisation Environment
3. Training Needs Analysis
4. Learning Principles and Conditions
5. The Training Program: Selection, Design &
Delivery
6. Assessing the Effectiveness of Training
7. Training Audit and Cost Benefit Analysis
8. Training for a New Economy & Skills of a
Trainer
9. Emerging Trends in Training
10. Recruitment and Selection
11. Performance Appraisal, Feedback and Reward
Systems
12. Quality of Work Life and Career Development
Industrial Relations and Labour Laws
1. Industrial Relations – Evolution, Concept and
Approach
2. Evolution of Industrial Relations Policies
3. Industrial Disputes
4. Mediation, conciliation, Arbitration and
Adjudication
5. Grievance Procedure
6. Industrial Relations in Public Sector Units
7. Trade Union and Collection Bargaining
8. Workers Participation in Management
9. Domestic Enquiry
10. The Regulative Labour Legislation
11. The Protective Labour Legislation
12. Wage Related Labour Legislation
13. Labour Legislation
Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
51
5. Corporate Level Strategies: I
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
Compensation Management
1. Compensation and Costs - Concepts and
Context
2. Control Systems for Labour Costs
3. Compensation Systems Their Merits and
Demerits
4. Wage and Salary Administration
5. Legal Framework for Wage and Salary
Administration
6. Compensation Structures
7. Compensation Surveys
8. Pay Structure Today and Tomorrow
9. Incentives, Reward System and Pay
Restructuring
10. Process and Steps for Preparation of Payroll
11. Tax Planning and Payroll Components
12. Emerging Issues and Trends
13. Constitutional and International Labour
Standard Norms
Personnel Administration
1. Personnel Administration Concepts and Scope
2. Strategic Importance and Diagnostic Approach
to Personnel Administration
3. Human Resource Planning – Recruitment and
Selection
4. Training & Development and Personnel Manual
5. Employee Wage and Salary Administration
6. Compensation and Benefits, Promotion,
Transfer, Demotion and W.P.M.
7. Career Development
8. Employee Welfare and Wellness Programme
9. Learning and Motivation
10. Employee Relations and Leadership/Team
Building
11. Industrial Relations and Management of
Conflict
12. Disciplinary Actions and Labour Laws
13. Information Technology and Personnel
Administration
Industrial & Labour Economics
1. Nature and Scope of Labour Economics
2. Elasticity and Mobility of Labour
3. The Nature of Labour Market and its Problems
4. Efficiency of Labour
5. Wage Management
6. Employment Policy
7. Emerging issues in Labour Economics
8. Introduction Nature and Scope of Industrial
Economics
9. Indian Industrial Growth
10. Theories of Industrial Location
11. Industrial Finance
12. Planning and Industrialisation
Human Resource Management Specialisation
Semester-IV
Performance & Potential Management
1. Performance Management System
2. Performance Planning and Goal Setting
3. Performance Appraisals
4. Performance and Training
5. Performance Feedback, Coaching and
Counselling
6. Performance Parameters and Key Principles in
Human Performance Improvement
7. Current Trends in Performance Management
System
8. Performance Competencies
9. Self-Motivation for Managing Super Self
Performance
10. Performance Appraisal Format and 360 Degree
Sample
Research Methodology & Statistical Quantitative
Methods
Section-I Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Section – II Statistical Quantitative Methods
1. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
2. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median
& Mode)
52
3. Correlation
4. Probability
5. Queuing Theory
6. Game Theory & Decision Theory
Strategic HR and TQM
1. Introduction to Strategy
2. Human Resource Management
3. Developing HR Strategy
4. The Context for Strategic HR
5. Measuring the Impact of Strategic HRM
6. Designing and Implementing Strategic HRM
7. Bringing about Strategic Change
8. Managing HR in Mergers, Alliances and
Downsizing
9. Total Quality: The Role of HR
10. From Traditional to Strategic HR
11. Evolution of Quality Concepts
12. Quality Culture and Leadership
13. TQM: Elements and Implementation
14. Leading Thinkers on Quality
Organizational Development
1. Organisation
2. Organisational Change and Organisational
Development
3. Characteristics of Organisational Development
4. Foundation and Research of Organisation
5. Action Research and OD
6. Interventions
7. Team Interventions
8. Intergroup and Third Party Peace-making
Interventions and Structural Interventions
9. Organisation wide Interventions
10. Change Agents and Emerging Issues in OD
11. Power and Politics and Organisation
Development
Human Resource Information System
1. Evolution of Human Resource information
system
2. Introduction to Database Management system
3. Design of Human Resource Information system
4. HRIS – Need Analysis
5. Human Resources Analytics
6. Introduction to the Management of Change
7. Outsourcing and HRIS
8. Talent management
9. E-recruitment and Selection
10. Training and Development in e-learning
Organisations
11. Performance Management System and
Compensation
12. International HRM and HRIS
Project
Students are required to submit a project report by the
end of semester 4
Finance Specialisation
Semester-III
Capital Market
1. Introduction to Capital Markets
2. Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
3. Money Markets
4. Mutual Funds
5. Merchant Banking
6. Recent Developments
7. Stock Exchanges
8. Venture Capital
9. Credit Rating
10. Share Buy Back
11. Portfolio Management and Financial
Engineering
12. Corporate Governance
13. Mergers and Takeovers
14. Lease and Hire Purchase
15. Housing Finance
Corporate Governance
1. Overview of Corporate Governance
2. Corporate Board
3. Shaping Directorial Competence and Board
Effectiveness
4. Financial Institutions and Nominee Directors
5. Corporate Disclosure and Investor Protection
(Listing Agreement with Stock Exchange)
6. Corporate Reputation
7. Corporate Governance and Regulatory Bodies
8. Globalization and Corporate Governance
9. Regulatory Framework & Investor Protection -
An Overview of existing Measures for Investor
Protection
10. Corporate Social Responsibility and Corporate
Governance
11. Majority Rule and Minority Protection -
Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement
Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
5. Corporate Level Strategies: I
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
53
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
Project Finance
1. Project Formation and Implementation
2. Promoter’s Role/Functions, Data and Skills
Requirements – I
3. Promoter’s Role/Functions, Data and Skills
Requirements – II
4. Financial Statements and Tools
5. Lenders’ General Appraisal
6. Commercial Viability
7. Sources of Finance
8. Financial Feasibility Appraisal
9. Technical Feasibility Appraisal
10. Project Risks, Risk Management and Credit
Rating
11. Working Capital Arrangements and Terms and
Conditions of Project Finance
12. Project Scheduling, Implementation and Follow-
Up
13. Legal Aspects of Project Finance and
Documentation
14. Infrastructure Projects (Private Sector) Financing
15. Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Projects
Security Analysis & Portfolio Management
1. Basic Concepts
2. Investment
3. Introduction to Security Analysis
4. Risk and Return Concepts
5. Security Market Indicators
6. Fundamental Analysis
7. Technical Analysis
8. Efficient Market Theory
9. Bond Valuation
10. Portfolio Management
11. Portfolio Theory
12. Derivatives: Futures and Options
13. Mutual Fund and their Schemes
Financial Institutions & Banking
1. Overview of the Financial Markets - Meaning &
Scope
2. Reserve Bank of India
3. Financial Institutions (FIs) (Industrial Sector)
4. Financial Institutions (Agriculture)
5. Financial Institutions – Others
6. Securitisation
7. Financial Institutions (Area Specific)
8. Bank and Banking
9. Indian Money Market
10. Financial Intermediaries
11. International Monetary Fund (IMF)
Finance Specialisation
Semester-IV
Direct Taxation
1. Definitions under Income Tax Act, 1961
2. Income Exempt from Tax
3. Income from Salaries
4. Income from House Property and other Sources
5. Profits and Gains from Business or Professions
6. Capital Gains
7. Deductions from Total Income
8. Tax Deducted at Source, Interest, Rebates and
Relief
9. Assessment and Procedures
10. Taxation of Partnership Firms
11. Taxation of Companies
12. Set Off and Carry Forward of Losses
13. Tax Audit
14. Direct Tax Code
Research Methodology and Statistical Quantitative
Methods
Section-I Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Section – II Statistical Quantitative Methods
1. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
2. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median
and Mode)
3. Correlation
4. Probability
5. Queuing Theory
6. Game Theory & Decision Theory
54
Strategic Finance
1. Capital Structuring
2. Dividend Theories
3. Restructuring through Share Repurchase
4. Mergers and Acquisitions
5. Activity Based Costing: I
6. Activity Based Costing: II
7. Working Capital
8. Accounting Standards: I
9. Accounting Standards: II
10. Human Resources Accounting
International Finance
1. Introduction to International Finance
2. International Monetary and Financial System
3. Documents used in International Trade
4. External Commercial Borrowing
5. Foreign Investment in India
6. Direct Investment outside India
7. Foreign Exchange Markets
8. Foreign Exchange Risk Management
9. Export / Import Finance
10. Facilities for Residents and Non Residents
11. Institutes involved in International Trade
Indirect Taxation
1. Introduction to GST I
2. Introduction to GST II
3. Registration
4. Processes under GST I
5. Processes under GST II
6. Offences and Penalties under GST
7. Appeals and Revisions
8. Rates of GST
9. Rates and Impact of GST
Project
Students are required to submit a project report by the
end of semester 4
Operations Specialisation
Semester-III
Quantitative Techniques
1. Introduction to Quantitative Techniques
2. Decision Theory
3. Linear Programming - I
4. Linear Programming - II
5. Linear Programming - III
6. Transportation/Distribution Models
7. Assignment Models
8. Games Theory (Competitive Strategies)
9. Queueing Theory
10. Simulation
Material Management
1. Introduction to Materials Management
2. Materials Planning
3. Purchase Management: An Overview
4. Buying Policies
5. Buying at the Right Price
6. Project and Capital Goods Purchasing
7. Transport and Traffic Management
8. The Stores Function
9. Stores Operations
10. Fundamentals of Inventory Management
11. Economic Lot Size
12. Replenishment Systems
13. Just-in-Time (JIT)
14. Computerisation of Materials Management
15. Evaluation of Materials Department
Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
5. Corporate Level Strategies: I
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
Techniques for Operations Efficiency
1. Systematic Problem Solving
2. 7 QC Tools
3. Quality Circles
4. 5-S for Good Workplace Organisation
5. SMED for Set-up Time Reduction
6. MUDA (Waste) Elimination
7. Poka-Yoke (Mistake/Error Proofing)
8. Statistical Process Control (SPC)
9. Kaizen
10. Daily Work Management (DWM)
11. Benchmarking
12. Total Productive Maintenance
13. Total Quality Management (TQM)
Operations Strategy
1. History of Operations Management - Current
Status and Vision 2020
2. Operations Strategy - A Strategic Fit with
Corporate, Business and Technology Strategies
3. Operations Strategy and Competitive Dimension
55
4. Stakeholders and Strategy
5. Product/Process Design and Strategy
6. Operations Strategy and Market Requirements
7. Company / Product / Service Profiling and
Downsizing
8. Capacity Decisions
9. Operation Strategy Implementation
10. Implementing Operation Strategy (Modern
Techniques)
11. Strategic Quality Management, CAD, CAM and
CIM
12. Delivering Value to Customers’ Key Performance
Indicators
13. Investment Decisions, Market Feedback and
Organizational Learning
Project Management (Operations)
1. Introduction to Projects
2. Project Management Process
3. Project Financing and Evaluation
4. Project Estimation and Economic Analysis
5. Organising Projects
6. Project Planning
7. Networks for Project Management
8. Resource Levelling and Project Crashing
9. Project Implementation and Monitoring
10. Controlling Projects
11. Projects Contracts Management
12. Management Risk in Projects
13. Project Quality Management
14. Software Project Management
15. Issues in Project Management
Operations Specialisation
Semester-IV
Supply Chain Management
1. Introduction to Supply Chain Management
(SCM)
2. Logistics to Supply Chain Management (SCM)
3. Forecasting and Aggregate Planning
4. Inventory Management in SCM
5. Transportation
6. Inbound Supply Chain Management
7. Outbound Supply Chain Management
8. Designing Supply Chain Distribution Network
9. Postponement and CRM in SCM
10. Outsourcing and Financial Aspects of SCM
11. Role of IT in Supply Chain Management
12. E-Business and the Supply Chain
13. SCM Measurement
14. The Indian Supply Chain Architecture
Research Methodology and Statistical Quantitative
Methods
Section-I Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Section – II Statistical Quantitative Methods
1. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
2. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median
and Mode)
3. Correlation
4. Probability
5. Queuing Theory
6. Game Theory & Decision Theory
Technology Management
1. Introduction to Technology Management
2. Competitive Advantages through New
Technologies
3. Technology Strategy
4. Technology Forecasting
5. Technology Assessment
6. Technology Diffusion and Absorption
7. Technology Transfer Management
8. Human Aspects in Technology Management
9. Issues in Technology Management
World-Class Manufacturing
1. Overview & History
2. Changing Scenario & Measures for WCM
3. Productivity & Work Study
4. Manufacturing Strategy
5. Product and Process Design
6. Waste Elimination
7. Toyota Production System (TPS)
8. Views of Experts (Gurus)
9. Lean Six Sigma
10. Modern Techniques
11. World Class Indian Companies
56
Business Process Re-Engineering
1. Introduction to BPR
2. Business Processes and MIS
3. Strategic Planning and BPR
4. Strategic Impact of IT and BPR
5. BPR Principles
6. Business Process Reengineering Techniques and
Methodologies
7. BPR and QMS
8. Organising and Implementing BPR
9. Managing Barriers to BPR Success
10. BPR in Banks
11. ERP and BPR
12. SCM and BPR
13. Evolution of BPR for E-Business
Project
Students are required to submit a project report by the
end of semester 4
Customer Relationship Management Specialisation
Semester-III
Customer Relationship Management
1. Introduction to customer Relationship
Management
2. Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty
3. Relationship and Retention
4. Services Marketing and CRM
5. Data Management
6. Sales Force Automation
7. Implementing a CRM Programme
8. Effective CRM Today and Tomorrow
Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behavior
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behavior
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behavior
Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
5. Corporate Level Strategies: I
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
B2B Markets and CRM
1. Introduction to Business Marketing
2. Organizational Buying / Buyer Behaviour
3. Enterprise Selling
4. Segmentation
5. Targeting & Sales Planning
6. Relationship Marketing & CRM
7. Product Differentiation of Business Products
8. Pricing
9. Customer Service Management
10. Product Differentiation & Solution
11. B2B Hub
12. International Business
13. Marketing Communication
Business Communication
1. Communication in Business
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of
Business Communication
4. Listening
5. The Writing Process – Planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and
Revising Business Messages
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill
Messages
8. Writing Indirect Messages
9. Short and Long Reports
10. Developing and Delivering Effective
Presentations
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies
13. Resumes and Employment Letters
14. Communicating with Technology
15. Formats for Business Documents
Consumer Protection Act, 2019
1. Introduction to Consumer Protection Act,
2019
2. Consumer’ Under Consumer Protection Act
3. Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies
4. Procedure for Filing Consumer Complaint
57
5. Appeals
6. Enforcement of Orders and Other Relevant
Provisions
7. Forms
Customer Relationship Management Specialisation
Semester-IV
Advanced CRM
1. CRM Concepts
2. CRM through Effective Customer Complaints
Handling
3. Call Centre to Contact Centre to Customer
Interaction Centre
4. Sales Force Automation
5. Architectural Map for CRM Implementation
6. Industry Specific CRM Cases
7. Operational CRM
8. Analytical CRM
9. Customer Experience Management (CEM)
Research Methodology and Statistical Quantitative
Methods
Section-I Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Section – II Statistical Quantitative Methods
1. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
2. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median
and Mode)
3. Correlation
4. Probability
5. Queuing Theory
6. Game Theory & Decision Theory
Technology in CRM
1. Introduction to CRM
2. Introduction to E-CRM
3. Sales Force Automation (SFA)
4. Enterprise Marketing Automation
5. Implementing CRM
6. The Application Service Provider (ASP)
7. Customer Loyalty, CRM in FMCG and Data
Mining in CRM
8. IT-Enabled CRM
9. Case Studies
CRM in Service Industry
1. An Introduction to Service Industry
2. Understanding Services
3. Understanding CRM
4. Relationship between Service & CRM
5. Designing of Service for CRM
6. Internal Marketing: People Dimension of Service
& CRM
7. Service Management & Productivity
8. Service Quality & Customer Satisfaction
9. CEM-Customer Experience Management for
Service Business
Marketing research
1. Fundamentals of Market Research
2. Application and Limitations
3. Sampling
4. Questionnaire Design Development
5. Scaling
6. Data Collection-Primary and Secondary
7. Data Preparation and Processing
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Multivariate Analysis
10. Research Process and Design
11. Specialised Techniques in Market Research
12. Market and Sales Analysis Research
13. New Product Development and Test Marketing
14. Presentation of Research Findings
15. Research in Service Segments 1
16. Strategic Audit
Project
Students are required to submit a project report by the
end of semester 4
Management Accounting Specialisation
Semester-III
Project Financial Management
1. Introduction to Project Financial Management
2. Project Planning
3. Project Process
4. Tools and Techniques of Project Management
5. Project Evaluation Rules
6. Management Control and Change Control
58
7. Project Completion, Documentation and
Reporting
8. Project Audit
Cost Planning and Analysis
1. Introduction to Cost Planning and Analysis
2. Tools for CVP Analysis
3. Value Analysis
4. Just-In-Time
5. Kaizen Costing and Learning Curves
6. Activity Based Costing
7. Life Cycle Costing
8. Value Chain and Supply Chain Management
9. Gain-Sharing Arrangement
10. Pareto Analysis
Budgeting and Management Control
1. Control System and Risk Management
2. Diversifying Risk
3. Internal Control Systems
4. Use of Budgets and Planning
5. Controllable and Uncontrollable Cost
6. Performance Analysis and Ratio Analysis
7. Responsibility Accounting
8. Performance Reporting
9. Behavioural Issues in Budgeting
10. Performance Evaluation
11. Transfer Pricing
Strategic Finance
1. Capital Structuring
2. Dividend Theories
3. Restructuring through Share Repurchase
4. Mergers and Acquisitions
5. Activity Based Costing: I
6. Activity Based Costing: II
7. Working Capital
8. Accounting Standards: I
9. Accounting Standards: II
10. Human Resources Accounting
Strategic Management Accounting
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
Accounting
2. Strategic Management Accounting Techniques I
3. Strategic Management Accounting Techniques II
4. Strategic Performance Management
5. Customer Profitability Analysis
6. Inter-Organizational Cost Management Structure
7. Strategic Cost Management
8. Strategic Pricing I
9. Strategic Pricing II
10. Strategic Audit
Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
5. Corporate Level Strategies: I
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
Management Accounting Specialisation
Semester-IV
Group Financial Statements
1. Introduction to Group Financial Statements
2. Preparation of Consolidated Financial
Statements I
3. Preparation of Consolidated Financial
Statements II
4. Associates and Joint Ventures
5. Changes in Group Structure
6. Complex Groups
7. Foreign Currency Transactions
8. Group Statements of Cash Flows I
9. Group Statements of Cash Flows II
Research Methodology and Statistical Quantitative
Methods
Section-I Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Section – II Statistical Quantitative Methods
1. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
2. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median
and Mode)
59
3. Correlation
4. Probability
5. Queuing Theory
6. Game Theory & Decision Theory
Corporate Governance
1. Overview of Corporate Governance
2. Corporate Board
3. Shaping Directorial Competence and Board
Effectiveness
4. Financial Institutions and Nominee Directors
5. Corporate Disclosure and Investor Protection
(Listing Agreement with Stock Exchange)
6. Corporate Reputation
7. Corporate Governance and Regulatory Bodies
8. Globalization and Corporate Governance
9. Regulatory Framework and Investor Protection -
An Overview of existing Measures for Investor
Protection
10. Corporate Social Responsibility and Corporate
Governance
11. Majority Rule and Minority Protection -
Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement
International Finance
1. Introduction to International Finance
2. International Monetary and Financial System
3. Documents used in International Trade
4. External Commercial Borrowing
5. Foreign Investment in India
6. Direct Investment outside India
7. Foreign Exchange Markets
8. Foreign Exchange Risk Management
9. Export / Import Finance
10. Facilities for Residents and Non Residents
11. Institutes involved in International Trade
Capital Market
1. Introduction to Capital Markets
2. Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
3. Money Markets
4. Mutual Funds
5. Merchant Banking
6. Recent Developments
7. Stock Exchanges
8. Venture Capital
9. Credit Rating
10. Share Buy Back
11. Portfolio Management and Financial Engineering
12. Corporate Governance
13. Mergers and Takeovers
14. Lease and Hire Purchase
15. Housing Finance
Project
Students are required to submit a project report by the
end of semester 4
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms.
• Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the course includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded
archive lectures on website.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the
Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the Course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/
Synthesis/Evaluation (based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and
Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
60
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence
the chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the Course
requirement. (Additional 3 months are provided for working on research project and
submitting the research project).
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Organizational Behaviour: Concepts, Controversies,
Applications 7th ed.
Robbins Stephen
2.
International Marketing: Approaching and Penetrating
the International Marketplace 3rd ed
Curry J E
3.
Supply Chain Management For Global Competitiveness
2nd Ed.
Sahay BS
4.
Retail Management: A Strategic Approach 10th Ed.
Berman Bary,
5.
Managerial Economics: principles and worldwide
applications 6th Ed
Salvatore, Dominick
6.
Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation 6th ed
Naresh Malhotra,
7.
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
8.
Management Accounting IC 89
Insurance Institute of India
9.
Management Accounting Text, Problems and Cases
Khan, M.Y
10.
Management Accounting
Inamdar, Satish M
11.
Marketing Strategy: A Decision-Focused Approach 5th
ed
Walker, Orville C.
61
Sr.No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
12.
Corporate Planning Theory and Practice
SarwateDilip
13.
An Introduction to Management Science Quantitative
Approaches to Decision Making 10th ed
Anderson David
14.
Business Policy and Strategic Management 2nd ed
AzharKazmi
15.
Industrial Marketing 4th ed
Hill Richard
16.
Global Marketing Management 5th ed
Keegan W J
17.
Essentials of Management 5th ed
Harold Koonz
18.
Marketing Management: Analysis Planning
Implementation and Control 9th ed.
Kotler Philip
19.
E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications
Whiteley, David
20.
Corporate Finance
Kulkarni, P. V.
21.
Management Information System 7th ed.
Laudon K.C.
22.
Management Accounting
Rao, A.P.
23.
Marketing Management: A South Asian Perspective
12th ed
Kotler Philip
24.
Management Information System
Prasad LM
25.
International Marketing 8th Ed.
Terpstra Vern
26.
International Business 6th Ed.
Czinkota Michael R
27.
Purchasing And Supply Chain Management 2nd Ed.
Monczka Robert,
28.
Marketing Research: Text And Cases 7th Ed.
Boyd H W,
29.
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
30.
Business Communication
I.C.S.I.
31.
International Financial Management 2nd Ed.
Apte, P.G.
32.
Modern Marketing Management 7th Ed.
DavarRustom
33.
Marketing Research: Measurement And Method 6th Ed.
Tull Donald,
34.
Consumer Behaviour 9th Ed.
Schiffman Leon,
35.
Fundamentals Of Accounting For CPT 2nd Ed.
Maheshwari, S.N.
36.
Human Resource Management 10th Ed.
Ghanekar Anjali
37.
International Business Environment 4th Rev Ed.
Cherunilam Francis
38.
The Project Management Manual
Young Trevor L.
39.
Modernisation Of Materials Management
Jhamb LC
40.
Business Communication
I.C.S.I.
41.
Project Management
Managing Human Resources 12th Ed.
Choudhury S
Bohlander George
42.
Customer Relationship Management: Emerging
Concepts, Tools and Applications.
Sheth JN
43.
Case Studies In Retail Management Vol I
ICFAI
44.
Retail Management
Bajaj Chetan
45.
Contemporary Business Communication 5th Ed.
Ober Scot
46.
Quantitative Analysis for Management 10th ed
Render Barry
47.
Corporate Accounting
Agarwal, N.P.
48.
Guide to Business Modelling
Tennent,
49.
Statistical and Quantitative Methods
Chitale, Ranjeet H.
50.
Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation 6th ed
Naresh Malhotra,
51.
Operations & Supply Management
Chase Richard
62
COURSE FEES– Rs. 50,000/
Grading System
• Grading System (All Courses): SCDL has a grading system, which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
1. Finance Manager
2. Financial Analyst,
3. Business Analyst,
4. Marketing Manager,
5. Sales Manager,
6. Brand Manager,
7. Senior HR Officer,
8. Placement Officer,
9. Recruitment Coordinator,
10. HR Head,
11. Administrative Head,
12. Purchase Manager,
13. Operations Head,
14. Branch Head,
15. Team Leader,
16. Customer Service Manager,
17. Project Manager,
18. Business Development Manager,
etc.
63
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES (PGDBFS)
Total Credits: 80
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Principles and Practices of Management
Financial Management
Management Accounting
Management Information Systems and
Technology in Banking
Managerial Economics
Banking Regulations and Laws
Indian Banking and Financial System
Global Banking and Finance
Marketing of Banking Services
Financial Institutions and Markets
SEMESTER III :
SEMESTER IV :
Capital Market
Macro Economics
Accounting Systems and Financial Analysis
Micro Financing
Management of Bank
Risk Management
Security Analysis and Portfolio
Management
Rural and Cooperative Banking
Bank Lending Policies and Procedures
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods and Project
CURRICULUM
Semester I
Principles and Practices of Management
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organisation for Business
3. Need for Managing Organisation and
Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organising
9. Staffing
10. Leading Directing | Communicating |
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronising)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Managerial Career
Management Accounting
1. Introduction
2. Basics of Financial Accounting
3. Process of Accounting
4. Cost Accountancy (Basic Concepts and
Principles)
5. Elements of Costs
6. Material Costs
7. Labour Costs
8. Overhead Costs
9. Marginal Costing
10. Budgetary Control
11. Standard Costing
Managerial Economics
1. Introduction to Managerial Economics
2. Profit
3. Demand
4. Elasticity of Demand
5. Demand Forecasting
64
6. Supply Analysis
7. Production and Costs – I
8. Production and Costs – II
9. Pricing and Output Determination Under
Perfect Competition
10. Imperfect Competition
11. Pricing Methods or Pricing Practices
12. Cost Benefit Analysis
13. Macro-Economic Analysis
14. Government and Private Businesses
Indian Banking and Financial System
1. Indian Financial System - An Overview
2. Overview of Banking and Structure of
Banking in India
3. Role and Functions of Reserve Bank of
India 33
4. Banks in India - Role and Functions
5. Changing Role of Banks
6. Banker - Customer Relationship
7. Types of Customers and Mode of
Operation 115
8. Negotiable Instruments
9. Retail Banking Products - Deposits
10. Retail Banking Products - Loan
11. Foreign Exchange Business of Banks
12. Insurance
13. Mutual Funds
14. Recent Trends in Banking Regulation
Marketing of Banking Services
1. Marketing Concept in Banks
2. Marketing Strategy for Banks
3. Developing the Marketing Plan
4. Elements of the Marketing Mix
5. Delivery Channels
6. Promotional Mix for Bank Marketing
7. Product Identification and Corporate
Image
8. Product Development and Pricing
9. Cross Selling of Banking Products
10. Relationship Management and Cross
Selling
11. Marketing Research in Banks
12. Market Segmentation
13. Advertising and Communication
14. Customer Focus
15. Customer Delight
16. Customer Relationship Management
(CRM) in Banking
Semester II
Financial Management
1. Finance Function
2. Forms of Business Organisation
3. Financial Statements
4. Interpretation of Financial Statements
(Ratio Analysis)
5. Interpretation of Financial Statements
(Funds Flow/Cash Flow Statements
6. Capitalisation
7. Sources of Long Term and Medium Term
Finance
8. Capital Structure
9. Leverages and Theories of Capital
Structure
10. Capital Market
11. Capital Budgeting
12. Working Capital Management
13. Management of Cash
14. Management of Receivables
15. Management of Inventory
16. Dividend Policy
MIS and Technology in Banking
1. Management Information System
2. Information and Decision Making
3. Decision Support System
4. The Database Management System
5. Applications in Service Sector
6. Introduction to Core Banking Solutions
(CBS)
7. IT Based Banking Services
8. Payment Solutions
9. Information Security
10. Data Warehousing and Data Mining
11. Cloud Computing
Banking Regulations and Laws
1. The Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
65
2. Banking Regulation Act, 1949
3. Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881
4. Paying and Collecting Bankers
5. Relationship Between Banker and
Customer
6. Securities Against Advances
7. Recovery Measures
8. Policy Regulation Since 1991
9. Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999
10. Prevention of Money Laundering Act
(PMLA), 2002
11. Securitisation and Reconstruction of
Financial Assets and Enforcement of
Security Interest (Sarfaesi) Act, 2003
12. Information Technology Act, 2000 and
Laws Relating to Banking
13. Banking Ombudsman
Global Banking and Finance
1. Introduction to Global Banking and
Finance (Introduction to NRI/PIOs)
2. Financial Regulations
3. Banks Engaged in Business of
International Banking
4. Exchange Rate Mechanism
5. Developmental Financial Institutions and
International Banking
6. New Financial Instruments
7. Derivatives
8. Credit Rating
9. Factoring and Forfaiting
10. Introduction to Insurance
11. Disinvestment of PSUs
12. Prevention of Money Laundering Act
(Pmla), 2002
Financial Institutions and Markets
1. Overview of Financial Markets
2. Financial Institutions - I
3. Securitisation
4. Indian Money Market
5. International Monetary Fund (IMF)
6. Introduction to Capital Markets
7. Securities and Exchange Board of India
(SEBI)
8. Merchant Banking
9. Role of Banks in Stock Market
10. Venture Capital and Private Equity
11. Portfolio Management and Financial
Engineering
12. Mergers and Takeovers
13. Lease and Hire Purchase
Semester III
Capital Market
1. Introduction to Capital Markets
2. Securities and Exchange Board of India
(SEBI)
3. Money Markets
4. Mutual Funds
5. Merchant Banking
6. Recent Developments
7. Stock Exchanges
8. Venture Capital
9. Credit Rating
10. Share Buy Back
11. Portfolio Management and Financial
Engineering
12. Corporate Governance
13. Mergers and Takeovers
14. Lease and Hire Purchase
15. Housing Finance
Accounting Systems and Financial Analysis
1. Introduction to Financial and Cost
Accounting
2. Accounting Standards and Accounting
Mechanics
3. Accounting Aspect of Investment
Decisions
4. Accounting Aspect of Financing Decisions
(Share Capital)
5. Financial Statements of Limited
Companies
6. Software Package for Financial Accounting
7. Overview of Taxation (Direct & Indirect
Taxes)
8. Accounting Aspects of Mergers and
Acquisitions
66
9. Consolidated Accounts of Holding and
Subsidiary Companies
10. Financial Statements Analysis
11. Software Package for Financial Analysis
12. Funds Flow Analysis and Financial
Forecasting
13. US GAAP and Recent Developments
14. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
Management of Bank
1. Management of Basic Functions of Banks
2. Management of Bank’s Budgeting and
Finance
3. Management of Asset/Liability, NPA,
Profitability and Capital Adequacy in
Banks
4. Management of Customer Relationship
5. Management of Banking Organisation,
Structure, Branch Expansion and
Management of Delivery Channels
6. Management of Resources (HR /
Infrastructure / Security and Services)
7. Investment and Treasury Management
8. Systems and Control and Risk Based
Supervision
9. Management of IT Infrastructure and MIS
in Banks
10. Measurement and Management of Risks
in Banks
11. Management of Grievance and Corporate
Governance
Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
1. Basic Concepts
1. Investment
2. Introduction to Security Analysis
3. Risk and Return Concepts
4. Security Market Indicators
5. Fundamental Analysis
6. Technical Analysis
7. Efficient Market Theory
8. Bond Valuation
9. Portfolio Management
10. Portfolio Theory
11. Derivatives: Futures and Options
12. Mutual Fund and their Schemes
Bank Lending Policies and Procedures
1. Types of Loans and Advances made by
Banks
2. Factors Determining the Growth and Mix
of
3. Bank Loans & Regulation of Lending
4. Asset Quality
5. Camels Rating System
6. Bank’s Written Loan Policy
7. Credit Analysis
8. Basics of Lending
9. Lending Process
10. Common Types of Collateral Sources of
Information about Loan Customers
11. Typical Loan Agreement
12. Loan Review and Loan Monitoring
13. Warning Signs of Problem Loans &
Management of NPA’s and Loan Workouts
Semester IV
Macro Economics
1. Introduction to Macroeconomics and
Measuring Income and Output
2. Aggregate Demand and Supply
3. Aggregate Markets and Shocks
4. Unemployment and Business Cycles
5. Keynesian Economics
6. Money Markets
7. Central Banking, Federal Reserve Policy
and Monetary Policy
8. Inflation: Measurement, Cost, Sources and
Kinds and the Phillips Curve and Inflation
9. Fiscal Policy, Deficits and Public Debt and
Deficit Financing in an Open Economy
10. Economic Growth, Aggregate Growth and
Monetarism and Rational Expectation
11. Economic Crises and Policies for Growth
and Stability
Micro Financing
1. Introduction to Microfinance
2. Models of Microfinance
3. Self-Help Groups
67
4. Models of Microfinance
5. Cooperative Microfinance
6. Client Impact Studies
7. Housing Microfinance
8. Development of Microfinance Products
9. Promoting Women’s Enterprises
10. Equitable and Sustainable Development
11. Microfinance and Social Entrepreneurship
12. Corporate Values and Micro Financing
13. Strategic Issues in Microfinance: Gender,
Activism, Scale and Management
Risk Management
1. Introduction to Risk Management
2. Asset Liability Management in Banks
3. Managing Credit Risk
4. Managing Market Risk
5. Managing Liquidity Risk
6. Managing Interest Rate Risk
7. Managing Foreign Exchange Risk
8. Operational Risk Management
9. Derivatives in Banks and Risk
Management Strategies
10. Enterprise-Wide Risk Management in
Banks
11. The New Basel Accord: Implications for
Banks and Latest Capital Adequacy
Regulatory Guidelines
Rural and Co-Operative Banking
1. Rural India and Panchayati Raj System for
Rural Development
2. Agricultural Activities and Farm
Development Loans
3. Allied Activities in Agriculture and
Agricultural Marketing in India
4. Small Scale Industry and Green Revolution
5. Cooperative Banks in India
6. RBI Policies for Cooperative Banks
7. Types of Cooperative Banks
8. Functions of Cooperative Banks.
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and
Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and
Analysis
Project
Students are required to submit a project report
by the end of semester 4
• Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
• Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the program includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded
archive lectures on website, Lecture DVDs & interactive PCPs.
• EVALUATION SYSTEM
i. Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
68
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the
Online Classes.
ii. The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
iii. The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
iv. The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/
Synthesis/Evaluation (based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and
Case based questions.
v. The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
vi. The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence
the chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
• Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory
academic component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in
the form of Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is
as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program
requirement for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
2.
Financial Management 9th Ed.
Pandey I.M
3.
International Financial Management 2nd Ed.
Apte, P.G.
4.
Security Analysis and Portfolio Management 6th
Ed.
Fischer, Donald E
69
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
5.
Cost and Management Accounting Intermediate
Course:
Inst. Of Comp.Sec. Of India
6.
Financial Management: Text Problems And Cases
4th Ed.
Khan, M.Y
7.
Macroeconomics For Management Students 2nd
Ed.
Nag, A
8.
Principles of Economics 2nd Ed.
Mankiw, N. Gregory
9.
Statistics for Business and Economics
Anderson, David R
10.
Macroeconomics 2nd Ed.
Farmer, Roger E. A.
11.
General Economics
Inst. Of Chartered Acct. Of India
12.
Ethical and Professional Standards and
Quantitative Methods
CFA Program Curriculum Volume 1.; CFA
13.
Financial Reporting And Analysis
CFA Program Curriculum Vol 3: CFA
14.
Derivatives and Alternative Investments
CFA Program Curriculum Volume 6.: CFA
15.
Equity and Fixed Income
CFA Program Curriculum Volume 5: CFA
16.
Statistics for Management 7th Ed.
Levin Richard
17.
Management Accounting IC 89
Insurance Institute of India
18.
Risk Management IC 86
Insu. Inst. Of India
19.
Fundamentals of Accounting
Tulsian, P.C
20.
Cost Accounting: Principles and Practice 11th Ed.
Arora, M.N.
21.
Mastering Financial Modelling: A Practitioner's
Guide to Applied Corporate Finance 2nd Ed.
Day, Alastair L.
22.
Solutions to Problems in Advanced Accounts Vol.
I
Shukla, M. C.
23.
Managerial Economics: principles and worldwide
applications 6th Ed
Salvatore, Dominick
24.
Fundamentals of Financial Management 13th Ed.
Van Horne, James C
25.
Managing Accounting 5th Ed.
Atkinson A A
26.
Principles Of Risk Management And Insurance
9th Ed.
Rajendra G E
27.
Financial Management
Kapil, Sheeba
28.
Financial Management: Recent Trends in
Practical Application:
Iyer, Chandra Hariharan
29.
Management of Working Capital
Arora, Amit Kumar
30.
Microfinance and Empowerment of Rural Poor in
India
Das, Sudhansu Kumar
31.
Public Finance
Singh, Supreet
32.
Macro Economics
Singh, S B
33.
Indian Economy 3rd Ed.
Deepashree
34.
Money matters macroeconomics and financial
markets
Iyengar, Murali
35.
Managerial Economics
Saravanavel P.
36.
Financial Management
CIMA
37.
Statistical Methods
Gupta S. P.
38.
Risk Management
Indian Inst. of Banking and Finance
39.
Economics
Mankiw, N. Gregory
40.
Options, Futures and other Derivatives
Hull, John C
70
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
41.
Corporate Finance And Portfolio Management
Vol IV, Level I 2009
CFA
42.
Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management
4th Ed
Chandra, Prasanna
43.
Statistics for Management 7th Ed.
Levin Richard
44.
Projects, Planning , Analysis, Selection, Financing
and Review 6th Ed.
Chandra Prasanna
45.
Management Accounting Text, Problems and
Cases
Khan, M.Y.
46.
Credit Appraisal, Risk Analysis and Decision
Making
Mukherjee, D.D
47.
Risk Management
Risk Management
48.
Handbook of Banking Information
Toor, N.S
49.
Management Accounting
Inamdar, Satish M
50.
Financial Management
Dhond, Arvind A
51.
Financial Services and Markets
Pandian Punithavathy
52.
Macroeconomics Demystified
Swanenberg, August
53.
Indian Economy
Datt, Gaurav
54.
Effective Leadership: Theory, Cases and
Applications
Humphrey, Ronald H
55.
Economics
Samuelson, Nordhaus
56.
Macro Economics
Sethi M. L.
57.
Financial Management: Theory and practice 6th
Ed.
Chandra, Prasanna
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
1. Banking Officer and Bank Manager in
Nationalised Banks,
2. Private and Foreign Banks, Financial
Analyst
3. Financial Planner
4. Portfolio Manager
5. Financial Reporting, Credit and Market
Risk Analysist in Investment Banking
6. Treasurer, Controller, Financial
Manager, Accountant, Financial Agents
etc
71
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (PGDIB)
Total Credits: 80
SEMESTER I
SEMESTER II
Principles and Practices of Management
International Economics
Organisational Behaviour
International Business Management
Management Accounting
Economic Environment and Business
Managerial Economics
Management Information Systems
Business Communication
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods
SEMESTER III
SEMESTER IV
International Commercial Law
International Marketing
International Trade Logistics
Marketing Research
Financial Institutions and Banking
Exim Policies and Procedures
Strategic Management
International Finance
Foreign Exchange Management
Corporate Governance
CURRICULUM
Semester I
Principles & practices of Management (PPM)
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organization for Business
3. Need for Managing Organization and
Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organizing
9. Staffing
10. Leading Directing | Communicating |
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronizing)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Managerial Career
Organization Behaviour
1. Historical Evolution of Organisational
Behaviour
2. Understanding Organisational Behaviour
3. Perception
4. Personality
5. Attitudes
6. Motivation
7. Work Motivation Theories
8. Morale
9. Work and Conditions of Work
10. Conflict Management Group Dynamics
11. Stress Management
12. Leadership
13. Management of Organisational Change
14. Organisational Culture
15. Organisational Power and Politics
72
Management Accounting
1. Introduction
2. Basics of Financial Accounting
3. Process of Accounting
4. Cost Accountancy (Basic Concepts and
Principles)
5. Elements of Costs
6. Material Costs
7. Labour Costs
8. Overhead Costs
9. Marginal Costing
10. Budgetary Control
11. Standard Costing
Managerial Economics
1. Introduction to Managerial Economics
2. Profit
3. Demand
4. Elasticity of Demand
5. Demand Forecasting
6. Supply Analysis
7. Production and Costs – I
8. Production and Costs – II
9. Pricing and Output Determination Under
Perfect Competition
10. Imperfect Competition
11. Pricing Methods or Pricing Practices
12. Cost Benefit Analysis
13. Macro-Economic Analysis
14. Government and Private Businesses
Business communication
1. Communication in Business
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of
Business Communication
4. Listening
5. The Writing Process – Planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing
and Revising Business Messages
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill
Messages
8. Writing Indirect Messages
9. Short and Long Reports
10. Developing and Delivering Effective
Presentations
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies
13. Resumes and Employment Letters
14. Communicating with Technology
15. Formats for Business Documents
Semester II
International Economics
1. The International Economy
2. International Trade Theory
3. New Trade Theory
4. International Trade Policy
5. Trade Restrictions
6. Terms of Trade
7. Regional Trading Arrangements
8. International Monetary Fund
9. International Bank for Reconstruction &
Dev.
10. GATT & WTO
11. The Balance of Payment
12. Foreign Exchange Rate
13. The Determination of Foreign Exchange
Rate
14. Foreign Capital Movements and
Multinational Corporations
15. External Sector – India
Economic Environment and Business
1. Basic Terms and Concepts
2. Economic Environment
3. Social Environment
4. Political Environment
5. Industry
6. Industrial Relations and Labour Issues
7. Infrastructure
8. Agriculture, Employment and other Indian
Economic Issues
9. Finance
10. Globalisation and WTO
11. International Economic Backdrop
12. Foreign Trade
13. Media and Business
International Business Management
1. Theories of International Trade
2. Globalisation
3. Trade Barriers and Trade Block
4. Country Risk Analysis
5. Export-Import Finance
6. Balance of Payments
7. Multi-National Corporations
8. Export Promotion Schemes in India
9. Raising Money in International
Markets
10. World Trade Organization:
11. International Marketing - Entry
Strategies
12. International Monetary Fund
13. World Bank
73
Management Information Systems
1. Management Information System
2. Information Technology
3. Data Communication and IT Enabled
Services
4. Management and Decision-Making
5. Information
6. Decision Support System
7. System Analysis and Design
8. System Development
9. The Database Management System
10. Data Warehousing and Data Mining
11. Information Security and Control
12. Information System and Quality
13. Functional Applications
14. Applications in Service Sector
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and
Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
15. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
16. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean,
Median and Mode)
17. Correlation
18. Probability
19. Queuing Theory
20. Game Theory & Decision Theory
Semester III
International Commercial Law
1. Introduction to International Commercial
Law &Foreign Trade.
2. Importance of Commercial Law in Foreign
Trade
3. Indian Contract Act, 1872:
4. Agreement to do Impossible Acts
5. Bailee’s Lien & Pledge of Mercantile
6. Marine Insurance
7. Container, Air & Sea Transport
8. Agreement in Restraint of Legal Proceedings
9. GATT Procedure of Dispute Settlement
10. Intellectual Property in Patents & Trade
Marks
11. Intellectual Property in Industrial Design &
Copyright
12. Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
13. Recourse Against Arbitral Award
14. A Brief Perspective of Cyber Laws in
Different Countries
15. Cyber Laws in India
International Trade logistics
1. Marketing Logistics: An Introduction:
2. International Commercial Terms
(Incoterms):
3. Organisation of Overseas Transport Services
4. Liner Shipping Services:
5. Chartering Principles and Practices:
6. Containerisation and Multi-modal
Transportation of Goods
7. Ports System and its Role in India's Foreign
Trade
8. Air Transport
9. Transport Intermediaries
10. Carriage of Goods by Sea and Multimodal
Transport - Legal Aspects
11. Maritime Fraud
Financial Institutions and Banking
1. Overview of the Financial Markets -
Meaning and Scope :
2. Reserve Bank of India
3. Financial Institutions (FIs) (Industrial
Sector)
4. Financial Institutions (Agriculture)
5. Financial Institutions – Others
6. Securitisation
7. Financial Institutions (Area Specific)
8. Bank and Banking
9. Indian Money Market
10. Financial Intermediaries
11. International Monetary Fund (IMF)
Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
5. Corporate Level Strategies : I
74
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
Foreign Exchange Markets
1. Foreign Exchange Markets
2. The International Monetary System
3. Exchange Rate Determination
4. Regulatory Framework in India
5. Imports
6. Exports
7. Financing Exports
8. Methods of Payments
9. Facilities for Non-Residents
10. Export Credit Guarantee Corporation and
Exim Bank
Semester IV
International Marketing
1. Environmental Factors Affecting
International Marketing
2. Foreign Market Entry Strategy
3. International Product Strategy
4. International Distribution Strategy
5. International Promotion Strategy
6. International Pricing Strategy
7. Outsourcing and Strategic Relationships
8. International Marketing Research
9. e-Marketing and e-Commerce
10. Future Trends
Marketing Research
1. Fundamentals of Market Research
2. Application and Limitations
3. Sampling
4. Questionnaire - Design Development.
5. Scaling Methods
6. Data Collection Primary / Secondary
7. Data Preparation and Processing
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Multivariate Analysis
10. Research Process and Design
11. Specialised Techniques in Market Research
12. Market and Sales Analysis Research
13. New Product Development & Test
Marketing
14. Presentation of Research Findings
15. Research in Service Segments
Exim Policy & procedures
1. Foreign Trade Policy
2. Export and Import Procedures
3. Documents Related to Export and Import
4. Instruments and Terms of Payment in
Export – Import
5. Methods of Export - Import Financing
6. Letter of Credit and Bill of Exchange
7. Foreign Exchange Regulations and
Formalities
8. Cargo Insurance
9. International Commercial Terms
10. Procedure and Documentation for Availing
Export Incentives
International Finance
1. Introduction to International Finance
2. International Monetary and Financial
System
3. Documents used in International Trade
4. External Commercial Borrowing
5. Foreign Investment in India
6. Direct Investment outside India
7. Foreign Exchange Markets
8. Foreign Exchange Risk Management
9. Export / Import Finance
10. Facilities for Residents and Non-Residents
11. Institutes involved in International Trade
Corporate Governance
1. Overview of Corporate Governance
2. Corporate Board
3. Shaping Directorial Competence and
Board Effectiveness
4. Financial Institutions and Nominee
Directors
5. Corporate Disclosure and Investor
Protection (Listing Agreement with Stock
Exchange)
6. Corporate Reputation
7. Corporate Governance and Regulatory
Bodies
8. Globalization and Corporate Governance
9. Regulatory Framework and Investor
Protection - An Overview of existing
Measures for Investor Protection
10. Corporate Social Responsibility and
Corporate Governance
11. Majority Rule and Minority Protection -
Prevention of Oppression and
Mismanagement
75
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one-on-one problem-solving sessions for students. Media
used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website, Lecture DVDs & interactive PCPs
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the
Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions.
Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested
through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
76
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Organizational Behaviour: Concepts, Controversies,
Applications 7th ed.
Robbins Stephen
2.
International Marketing: Approaching and Penetrating
the International Marketplace 3rd ed
Curry J E
3.
Supply Chain Management For Global Competitiveness
2nd Ed.
Sahay BS
4.
Retail Management: A Strategic Approach 10th Ed.
Berman Bary,
5.
Managerial Economics: principles and worldwide
applications 6th Ed
Salvatore, Dominick
6.
Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation 6th ed
Naresh Malhotra,
7.
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
8.
Management Accounting IC 89
Insurance Institute of
India
9.
Management Accounting Text, Problems and Cases
Khan, M.Y
10.
Management Accounting
Inamdar, Satish M
11.
Marketing Strategy: A Decision-Focused Approach 5th
ed
Walker, Orville C.
12.
Corporate Planning Theory and Practice
Sarwate Dilip
13.
An Introduction to Management Science Quantitative
Approaches to Decision Making 10th ed
Anderson David
14.
Business Policy and Strategic Management 2nd ed
Azhar Kazmi
15.
Industrial Marketing 4th ed
Hill Richard
16.
Global Marketing Management 5th ed
Keegan W J
17.
Essentials of Management 5th ed
Harold Koonz
18.
Marketing Management: Analysis Planning
Implementation and Control 9th ed.
Kotler Philip
19.
E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications
Whiteley, David
20.
Corporate Finance
Kulkarni, P. V.
21.
Management Information System 7th ed.
Laudon K.C.
22.
Management Accounting
Rao, A.P.
23.
Marketing Management: A South Asian Perspective
12th ed
Kotler Philip
24.
Management Information System
Prasad LM
25.
International Marketing 8th Ed.
Terpstra Vern
26.
International Business 6th Ed.
Czinkota Michael R
27.
Purchasing And Supply Chain Management 2nd Ed.
Monczka Robert,
28.
Marketing Research: Text And Cases 7th Ed.
Boyd H W,
29.
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
30.
Business Communication
I.C.S.I.
77
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
31.
International Financial Management 2nd Ed.
Apte, P.G.
32.
Modern Marketing Management 7th Ed.
Davar Rustom
33.
Marketing Research: Measurement And Method 6th
Ed.
Tull Donald,
34.
Consumer Behaviour 9th Ed.
Schiffman Leon,
35.
Fundamentals Of Accounting For CPT 2nd Ed.
Maheshwari, S.N.
36.
Human Resource Management 10th Ed.
Ghanekar Anjali
37.
International Business Environment 4th Rev Ed.
Cherunilam Francis
38.
The Project Management Manual
Young Trevor L.
39.
Modernisation Of Materials Management
Jhamb LC
40.
Business Communication
I.C.S.I.
41.
Project Management
Managing Human Resources 12th Ed.
Choudhury S Bohlander
George
42.
Customer Relationship Management: Emerging
Concepts, Tools and Applications.
Sheth JN
43.
Case Studies In Retail Management Vol I
ICFAI
44.
Retail Management
Bajaj Chetan
45.
Contemporary Business Communication 5th Ed.
Ober Scot
46.
Quantitative Analysis for Management 10th ed
Render Barry
47.
International Marketing: Strategy and Theory 5th ed
Onkvisit Sak
48.
International Business: Strategy, Management, and the
new Realities
Cavusgil S. Tamer
49.
International Management - Managing Across Borders
and Cultures 5th Edition
Deresky Helen
50.
International Business: Environments and Operations
12th Edition
Daniels John
51.
Six Sigma Project Management - A Pocket Guide
Lowenthal J N
52.
International Trade
Oberoi P K
53.
Corporate Accounting
Agarwal, N.P.
54.
International Financial Management 6th ed
Apte, P.G.
55.
International Marketing 8th Ed.
Terpstra Vern
56.
International Business Environment 4th Rev Ed.
Cherunilam Francis
57.
International Marketing: Approaching and Penetrating
the International Marketplace 3rd ed
Curry J E
58.
Industrial Marketing 2nd Ed.
Havaldar Krishna K
59.
International Business 4th Ed.
Ashwatheppa K
60.
International Trade Documentation 3rd Ed.
Hinkelman Edward G.
61.
International Economics 3rd Ed.
So'dersten, Bo
62.
Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of
International Economics 4th ed
Salvatore, Dominick
63.
International Business 5th Ed.
Paul Justin
78
Fees: Rs ₹ 50,000
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
1. Banking Officer and Bank Managers
79
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (PGDIT)
Total Credits- 80
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Principles and Practices of Management
Business Requirement Analysis
Business Communication
Project Management (IT)
Information Technology Concepts
Business Applications and ERP
Database Management Systems
Software Engineering with UML
Algorithms and Programming Concepts
Data Warehousing and Data Mining
SEMESTER III :
SEMESTER IV :
Software Quality Management
Current Trends in IT
Introduction to Data Science, Machine
Learning and AI
Business Process Modeling
E-Business
Cloud Computing
Information Security Management
Project
Software Documentation
CURRICULUM
Semester – I
Principles and Practices of Management
2. Business - The Purpose of Management
3. Designing Organisation for Business
4. Need for Managing Organisation and
Business
5. Management of Standard Functions
6. Managing Resources
7. Planning
8. Decision Making
9. Organising
10. Staffing
11. Leading - Directing , Communicating,
Motivating
12. Controlling
13. Coordinating (Synchronising)
14. Evolution of Management Thought
15. Pursuing Management as a Career
Business Communication
2. Communication in Business
3. Process of Communication
4. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of
Business Communication
5. Listening
6. The Writing Process – Planning
7. Writing Process : Organizing, Composing and
Revising Business Messages
8. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill
Messages
9. Writing Indirect Messages
10. Short and Long Reports
11. Developing and Delivering Effective
Presentations
12. Interviews and Meetings
13. Group Communication Strategies
14. Resumes and Employment Letters
15. Communicating with Technology
16. Formats for Business Documents
Information Technology Concepts
1. Introduction to Information Technology
2. Fundamentals of Computers
3. Data Storage and Data Processing
4. Computer Software
5. Common Office Applications
6. Operating Systems
7. Networking and Security
8. E-Business
9. Mobile Computing
10. Social Media
Database Management Systems
1. Basic Concepts
2. Data Models
3. Relational Models
4. Relational Algebra
5. Structured Query Language (SQL)
6. Advanced Structured Query Language (SQL)
7. Integrity and Security
8. Normalisation
9. Transaction Management
80
10. Concurrent Execution
11. Solved Examples
12. SQL Syntax
Algorithms and Programming Concepts
2. Pseudocodes
3. Algorithms
4. Designing and Analysing Algorithms
5. Writing Language- Neutral Algorithms
6. Algorithms for Programming Cases
7. Advanced Constructs using Algorithms
8. Searching Algorithms
9. Sorting Algorithms
10. Special Problems and Algorithms
Semester II
Business Requirement Analysis
2. Basics of Requirement Engineering
3. Requirements Elicitation
4. Requirements Analysis
5. Requirements Specification
6. Requirements Verification and Validation
7. Requirements Management Principles and
Practices
8. Adapting Requirement Practices to Project
9. Requirements using User Stories (Agile
Requirements)
10. Writing Effective Use Cases
Project Management (IT)
2. Software Project Management Concepts
3. Project Initiating
4. Managing Scope of the Project
5. Estimating and Scheduling
6. Managing Cost
7. Managing Quality
8. Managing Team
9. Managing Communication
10. Managing Risks
11. Software Configuration Management (SCM)
12. Update yourself: Current Trends
Business Applications and ERP
3. Basics of Business Applications
4. Business as a System
5. Development of Business Applications
6. Classification of Business Applications
7. Key Modules of Business Applications
8. Introduction to ERP
9. ERP Implementation Lifecycle
10. ERP Related Technologies
11. ERP Vendors and Case Study
Software Engineering with UML
1. Introduction to Software Process Models
2. Software Project Planning and Estimation
3. System Engineering and Business Process
Engineering
4. System Modelling and UML – I
5. System Modelling and UML – II
6. Design Concepts and Principles
7. Architectural Design
8. Software Testing Techniques
9. Software Configuration Management
Data Warehousing and Data Mining
1. Introduction to Data Warehouse
2. Data Warehouse Architecture
3. Dimensional Modeling
4. Data Warehouse Implementation
5. Data Warehouse and OLAP Technologies
6. Introduction to Data Mining
7. Mining Association Rules
8. Classification and Prediction
9. Mining Complex Types of Data
10. Data Mining Applications and Trend
Semester III
Software Quality Management
2. Introduction to Quality
3. Software Configuration Management
4. Validation and Verification
5. Software Metrics
6. Defect Management
7. Quality Improvement
8. Software Quality Models
9. Internal Audit
10. Organizing QA Function and Quality Culture
11. Software Quality Assurance
Introduction to Data Science, Machine Learning and
AI
1. Basics of Data Science
2. Big Data, Datafication & its impact on Data
Science
3. Data Science Pipeline, EDA & Data
Preparation
4. Data Scientist Toolbox, Applications & Case
Studies
5. Basics of Machine Learning
6. Supervised Machine Learning
7. Unsupervised Machine Learning
81
8. Deep Learning
9. Artificial Intelligence
10. Business Intelligence
11. Web Analytics
Software Documentation
1. Introduction to Software Documentation
2. Principles of Technical Writing
3. Types of Software Documents
4. System Documentation
5. System Maintenance Documentation
6. Operations Manual
7. User Documentation/ User Manual
8. Software Documentation Metrics
9. Software Documentation Standards
E-Business
1. Computer Network
2. Web Publishing
3. E-Commerce
4. The Web Presence
5. E- Marketing
6. Technologies for E-Commerce
7. Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
8. E-Payment
9. E-Security
10. E-Services
11. E-Business- An Evaluation
12. E-Business Intelligence
13. M-Commerce
14. The impact of e-business on different fields
and industries
15. Case Studies
Information Security Management
1. Introduction to Information Security
2. Access Control
3. Communications Security
4. Risk Management and Business Continuity
Planning
5. Policy, Standards and Organisation
6. Computer Architecture and Systems Security
7. Application Program Security
8. Computer Operation Security
9. Physical Security
10. Law, Investigation and Ethics
Semester IV
Current Trends in IT
1. Pervasive Computing
2. Unified Communication and Collaboration
(UCC)
3. Disruptive Technologies
4. Virtual Reality
5. Big Data
6. Crowdsourcing
7. Gartners’ Trends- I
8. Gartners’ Trends- II
9. The Indian Scenario-Road ahead
Business Process Modeling
1. Introduction to Business Processes
2. Business Process: Concepts and
Fundamentals
3. Essentials of Process Modeling
4. Business Process Mapping
5. Business Process Analysis and Modeling
6. Business Process Analysis and Modeling -
Tools and Methods
7. Business Process Architecture & Approaches
8. Business Process Reengineering - Concepts
and Applications
9. Business Process Automation
10. Business Process Intelligence
Cloud Computing
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing
2. Principles of Parallel Computing
3. Principles of Distributed Computing
4. Virtualization- Technology Examples
5. Cloud Architecture
6. Aneka: Cloud- Computing Platform
7. Concurrent Computing: Thread Programming
8. High-Throughput Computing: Task
Programming
9. Cloud Platforms in Industry
10. Cloud Applications
Project
Student is required to submit a project by the end
of Semester IV.
Page 82 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
TEACHING LEARNING PEDAGOGY:
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions which
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website & interactive PCPs.
EVALUATION SYSTEM:
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in
e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course
wise of 70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report - A student has to submit a project report as per the program
requirement for 100 marks with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
Page 83 of 236
Library resources
A full-fledged library is available in the campus, as well as, access to resources like
EBSCO, support are also given to the students.
1. E-resource – EBSCO,JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr. No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1
3G Wireless Networks
Smith Clint
2
A Guide To Programming Logic And Design
Farrell Joyce
3
A Textbook Of Technology Management (Text & Cases)
Kiran Ravi
4
Active Server Pages 2.0 Unleashed
Walther Stephen
5
Advanced Oracle Tuning And Administration
Arnoff Eyal And Others
6
An Introduction To Database Systems
Date C J
7
Applied Operating System Concepts
Silberschatz Avi
8
Applying UML And Patterns
Larman Craig
9
ASP 3.0 A Beginners Guide
Mercer Dave
10
Beginning HTML, XHTML, CSS, and Javascript
Duckkett Jon
11
Beginning PHP6, Apache, MySQL
Boronczyk Timothy
12
Bigelow's Troubleshooting, Maintaining & Repairing PCs 5th
Ed.
Bigelow Stephen J
13
Business Communication 2nd Edition
Bhatia R C
14
Business Data Analysis using Excel
Whigham David
15
Business Intelligence With ColdFusion
Gosney John W.
16
C ++ Primer 3rd Ed.
Lippman Stanley B.
17
Communication Skills in English
Kumar Keval J
18
Complete Course of Computer Fundamentals
Harischandve Anjali
19
Computer Architecture a Quantitative Approach
Hennessy John
20
Computer Architecture And Organization
Hayes John
21
Computer Architecture a Quantitative Approach 2nd Ed.
Hennessy John L
22
Computer Fundamentals 6th Ed
Sinha P K,
23
Computer Network 2nd Ed.
Black Uyless
24
Computer Networks
Tanenbaum AS
25
Data Structures Using C And C++ 2nd Ed.
Langsam, Yedidyah
26
Database Management Systems
Leon Alexis
27
Database Management Systems 3rd Ed.
Ramakrishnan Raghu
28
Database System Concepts 5th Ed.
Silberschatz Abraham
29
Database Warehousing Fundamentals
Ponniah Paulraj
30
Designing and Developing web Applications using
Microsoft. Net Framwork4
Northrup Tony
31
Digital Communication
Katre J.S.
32
Distributed Operating Systems
Tanenbaum Andrew S.
33
e-business
Gupta V. P.
34
Electronic Business
Kumar Ravindra
35
Electronic Commerce
Schneider Gary P
36
Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management and
Control
Greenstein Marilyn
Page 84 of 236
Sr. No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
37
Encyclopedia Of Networking And Telecommunication
Sheldon Tom
38
Faster Smarter HTML And XML
Morrison M
39
Fundamental Algorithms 3rd Ed. Vol. I
Knuth D E
40
Fundamentals Of Computer 4th Ed.
Rajaraman V
41
Fundamentals Of Database Systems 4th Ed.
Elmasri Ramez
42
Fundamentals Of Information Technology Including MS
Office
Maidson D,
43
HTML 4 Unleashed
Darnell Rick
44
Industrial Security Management
Kulkarni S K
45
Information Search And Analysis Skills
NIIT
46
Introduction To Computer 2nd Ed.
Norton Peter
47
Introduction To Database Management Systems
I.S.R.O. Group
48
Introduction To OOP & VB
Jain V K
49
Introduction To Theory Of Computer Science
Krishnamurthy E V
50
Knowledge Discovery in Database-An Introduction to Data
Mining
Taneja Abhishek
51
Knowledge Management a resource book
Raman A Thothathri
52
Learning Web Design 2nd Ed.
Nilderst Jennifer
53
Let Us C 5th Reved.
Kanetkar Y
54
Management Concepts and Organisational Behaviour
Sahni N. K.
55
Management Information System
Prasad L M
56
Management Information System 2nd Ed.
Oke Jayant K
57
Management Information System 7th ed.
Laudon Kenneth C.
58
Management Information Systems Text And Cases 3rd Ed.
Jawadekar W S
59
Management Information Systems, 4th Edition
O'brien James A.
60
Mastering Active Server Pages 3
Jones A. Russell
61
Mastering Algorithms With C
Loudon Kyle
62
Mastering Database Programming With Visual Basic 6
Petroutsos Evangelos
63
Mastering Oracle 8.1
Freeman Robert G.
64
MCSE Networking Essentials Study Guide 2nd Reved
Chellis James And
Others
65
Microsoft SQL Server 2008
Nielsen Paul
66
Object Oriented Software Engineering
Jacobson Ivar
67
Object Oriented Analysis And Design 2nd Ed.
Booch G
68
Oracle 8 How To
Honour Edward And
Others
69
Oracle 8 I DBA Bible
Gennick Jonathan
70
Peter Norton's Introduction To Computers 2nd Ed.
Norton Peter
71
Practical ASP
Bayross Ivan
72
Principles Of Compiler Design
Aho Alfred V
73
Project Management
Choudhary S
74
Project Management FAQ
Sudhakar G P
75
Six Sigma Project Management - A Pocket Guide
Lowenthal J N
76
Software Engineering Demystified
Bhanot Deepti
77
Software Engineering Principles & Practice
Jawadekar Waman S
Page 85 of 236
FEES: Rs. 50,000/-
Grading System:
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
After doing this program, candidates can take the opportunity of being employed in the IT
industry at the following positions:
• Project Managers
• IT Managers
• Technical Leaders
• System Analyst
• Business Analysts
• Software Consultant
Page 86 of 236
CORPORATE POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(CPGDBA)
Total Credit 80
SEMESTER I:
SEMESTER II:
Principles and Practices of Management
Production or Operations Management
Organizational Behavior
Financial Management
Management Accounting
Human Resource Management
Managerial Economics
Marketing Management
Management Information Systems
Strategic Management
FINANCE MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
SEMESTER III:
SEMESTER III:
Project Finance
Project Financial Management
Capital Market
Cost Planning and Analysis
Financial Institutions and Banking
Budgeting and Management Control
International Finance
Group Financial Statements
Corporate Governance
Strategic Management Accounting
MARKETING MANAGEMENT
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
SEMESTER III:
SEMESTER III:
Consumer Behaviour
Personnel Administration
Sales and Distribution Management
Human Resource Development
Services Marketing and Brand Management
Industrial Relations
International Marketing
Performance and Potential Management
Marketing Research
Labour Laws
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
SEMESTER III:
SEMESTER III:
Customer Relationship Management
International Economics
Advanced CRM
International Business Management
B2B Markets and CRM
Exim Policies and Procedures
Services Marketing
International Finance
International Marketing
Corporate Governance
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
SEMESTER III:
SEMESTER III:
E-Business
Materials Management
Software Engineering
Project Management (Operations)
Project Management (IT)
Techniques for Operations Efficiency
Database Management System
Supply Chain Management
Object Oriented Analysis and Design
Quantitative Techniques
RETAIL MANAGEMENT
COMMON FOR ALL SPECIALIZATIONS
SEMESTER III:
SEMESTER IV:
Retail Management - I
Business Communication
Retail Management - II
Research Methodology
Consumer Behaviour
Project Report
Concepts in Supply Chain Management
CRM in Service Industry
Page 87 of 236
Semester I
1. Principles and Practices of Management (PPM)
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organization for Business
3. Need for Managing Organization and Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organizing
9. Staffing
10. Leading: Directing • Communicating • Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronizing)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Managerial Career
2. Organization Behaviour
1. Historical Evolution of Organizational Behaviour
2. Understanding Organizational Behaviour
3. Perception
4. Personality
5. Attitudes
6. Motivation: The Driving Forces of Human Behaviour
7. Work Motivation Theories
8. Morale
9. Work and Conditions of Work
10. Conflict Management
11. Group Dynamics
12. Stress Management
13. Leadership
14. Management of Organizational Change
15. Organizational Culture
16. Organizational Power and Politics
3. Management Accounting
1. Introduction To Accounting
2. Basics of Financial Accounting
3. Process of Accounting
4. Cost Accountancy (Basic Concepts and Principles)
5. Elements of Costs
6. Material Costs
7. Labour Costs
8. Overhead Costs
9. Marginal Costing
10. Budgetary Control
11. Standard Costing
4. Managerial Economics
1. Introduction to Managerial Economics
2. Profit
3. Demand
4. Elasticity of Demand
5. Demand Forecasting
6. Supply Analysis
7. Production and Costs – I
8. Production and Costs – II
9. Pricing and Output Determination Under Perfect
Competition
10. Imperfect Competition
11. Pricing Methods or Pricing Practices
12. Cost Benefit Analysis
13. Macro-Economic Analysis
5. Management Information Systems
1. Management Information System
2. Information Technology
3. Data Communication and IT Enabled Services
4. Management and Decision Making
5. Information:
6. Decision Support System
7. System Analysis and Design
8. System Development
9. The Database Management System:
10. Data Warehousing and Data Mining:
11. Information Security and Control
12. Information Systems and Quality
13. Functional Applications
14. Applications in Service Sector
Semester II
1. Production / Operations Management
1. The Production (Manufacturing) Function
2. Manufacturing Methods
3. Facilities (Plant) Location
4. Facilities (Plant) Layout
5. Production Planning and Control (PPC)
6. Aggregate Planning
7. Master Production Schedule
8. Operations Scheduling
9. Production Activity Control
10. JIT and Kanban
11. Project Planning and Control: Critical Path Analysis
(PERT/CPM)
12. Maintenance of the Plant
13. Quality Management- I
14. Quality Management - II
15. Six Sigma
16. Work Study - I (Method Study)
17. Work Study - II (Work Measurement)
18. Operations Management in Service Sector
2. Financial Management
1. Finance Function
2. Forms of Business Organization
3. Financial Statements
4. Interpretation of Financial Statements (Ratio Analysis)
5. Interpretation of Financial Statements (Funds Flow/Cash
Flow statements)
6. Capitalization
7. Sources of Long Term and Medium Term Finance
8. Capital Structure
9. Leverages and Theories of Capital Structure
10. Capital Market
11. Capital Budgeting
12. Working Capital Management
13. Management of Cash
14. Management of Receivables
15. Management of Inventory
16. Dividend Policy
3. Human Resource Management
1. Nature of Human Resource Development
2. Human Resource Planning
3. Job Evaluation
4. Recruitment, Selection, Promotion and Transfer
5. Training and Development
6. Performance Improvement
7. Performance Appraisal
8. Career and Succession Planning
9. Total Quality Management
Page 88 of 236
10. HRD Audit
11. Managing Change through Continuous Improvement
12. Good HR Practices
13. Recent Techniques in Human Resource Management
14. Human Resource Practices in Information Technology
Industry.
4. Marketing Management
1. Basic Concepts of Marketing
2. The Marketing Environment
3. Market Oriented Strategic Planning
4. Competition and Competitive Strategy
5. Market Research and Demand Forecasting
6. Consumer Behavior
7. Market Segmentation and Selecting Target Markets
8. Positioning
9. Product Concepts
10. Distribution Channels and Marketing of Services
11. Strategic Pricing
12. Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC)
5. Strategic Management
1. Introduction to Strategic Management
2. Understanding Strategy
3. The Strategic Management Process
4. Environmental Appraisal and SWOT
5. Corporate Level Strategies: I
6. Corporate Level Strategies: II
7. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: I
8. Tools for Strategic Analysis and Choice: II
9. Implementing Strategy: I
10. Implementing Strategy: II
11. Implementing Strategy: III
12. Strategic Evaluation and Control
Specializations: Marketing Management
Semester III
1. Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behaviour
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer/Satisfaction
13. Organisational Buying Behaviour
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behaviour
2. Sales and Distribution Management
Part-I: Sales Management
1. Introduction to Sales Management
2. Personal Selling
3. Effective Sales Executive
4. Sales Planning and Budgeting
5. Sales Forecasting
6. Sales Organisation
7. Recruitment and Selection of Sales Force
8. Sales Training
9. Sales Quota and Compensating Sales Personnel
10. Leading and Motivating the Sales Personnel
11. Evaluation and Control of Sales Force
12. Sales Territory
13. Key Account Management
Part-II: Distribution Management
1. Introduction to Distribution Management
2. Retailing
3. Wholesaling
4. Warehousing
5. Transportation
6. Distribution Channels in Services
7. Distribution Planning and Control
3. Services Marketing and Brand Management
Part I – Services Marketing
1. Introduction to Services
2. Customer Expectations & Service Perceptions
3. Service Models and New Product Development
4. Pricing and Service Delivery
5. Service Promotion
6. The People Dimension of Services
7. Service Process Blueprinting & Physical Evidence
8. Service Quality
Part II - Brand Management
1. Introduction to Brand
2. Brand identity and Brand Positioning
3. Brand Communication
4. Brand Equity and Brand Valuation
5. Branding, Brand Extension and Multiband
6. Branding Strategies.
7. Wining Brands
8. Case Study
4. International Marketing:
1. Introduction to International Marketing
2. Challenges of Globalization
3. Why Firms Go International
4. The Task of International Marketing
5. Environmental Factors Affecting International Marketing
6. Foreign Market Entry Strategy
7. International Product Strategy
8. International Distribution Strategy
9. International Promotion Strategy
10. International Pricing Strategy
11. Outsourcing and Strategic Relationships
12. International Marketing Research
13. E-Marketing and E-Commerce
14. Future Trends
5. Marketing Research
1. Fundamentals of Market Research
2. Application and Limitations
3. Sampling
4. Questionnaire Design Development
5. Scaling
6. Data Collection-Primary and Secondary
7. Data Preparation and Processing
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Multivariate Analysis
10. Research Process and Design
11. Specialized Techniques in Market Research
12. Market and Sales Analysis Research
13. New Product Development and Test Marketing
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological & Cultural Dimensions of Business Comm.
Page 89 of 236
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing & Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document.
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Tech. & Attitudes Measurement Tech.
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 marks
Specialization: Human Resources Management
Semester III:
1. Personnel Administration
1. Personnel Administration Concepts and Scope
2. Strategic Importance & Diagnostic Approach to Personnel
Administration
3. Human Resource Planning – Recruitment and Selection
4. Training & Development and Personnel Manual
5. Employee Wage and Salary Administration
6. Compensation and Benefits, Promotion, Transfer,
Demotion and W.P.M.
7. Career Development
8. Employee Welfare and Wellness Programme
9. Learning and Motivation
10. Employee Relations and Leadership/Team Building
11. Industrial Relations and Management of Conflict
12. Disciplinary Actions and Labour Laws
13. Information Technology and Personnel Administration
2. Human Resources Development
1. Introduction to Human Resource Development
2. Training and Organization Environment
3. Training Needs Analysis
4. Learning Principles and Conditions
5. The Training Program: Selection, Design and Delivery
6. Assessing the Effectiveness of Training
7. Training Audit and Cost Benefit Analysis
8. Training for a New Economy and Skills of a Trainer
9. Emerging Trends in Training
10. Recruitment and Selection
11. Performance Appraisal, Feedback and Reward Systems
12. Quality of Work Life and Career Development
3. Industrial Relations
1. Industrial Relations – Evolution, Concept and Approach
2. Evolution of Industrial Relations Policies
3. Industrial Disputes
4. Mediation, conciliation, Arbitration and Adjudication
5. Grievance Procedure
6. Industrial Relations in Public Sector Units
7. Trade Union and Collection Bargaining
8. Workers Participation in Management
9. Domestic Enquiry
4. Performance and Potential Management
1. Performance Management System
2. Performance Planning and Goal Setting
3. Performance Appraisals
4. Performance and Training
5. Performance Feedback, Coaching and Counselling
6. Performance Parameters and Key Principles in Human
Performance Improvement
7. Current Trends in Performance Management System
8. Performance Competencies
9. Self-Motivation for Managing Super Self-Performance
10. Performance Appraisal Format and 360 Degree Sample
5. Labour Law
1. Factories Act, 1948
2. Maternity Benefit Act, 1961
3. Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970
4. The Minimum Wages Act, 1948
5. Payment of Wages Act, 1936
6. Payment of Bonus Act, 1965
7. Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923
8. Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
9. Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946
10. Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions
Act, 1952
11. Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948
12. Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document.
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
Page 90 of 236
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project
of 100 marks
Specialization: Financial Management
Semester III:
1. Project Finance
1. Project Formation and Implementation
2. Promoter’s Role/Functions, Data & Skills Req. – I
3. Promoter’s Role/Functions, Data & Skills Req. – II
4. Financial Statements and Tools
5. Lenders’ General Appraisal
6. Commercial Viability
7. Sources of Finance
8. Financial Feasibility Appraisal
9. Technical Feasibility Appraisal
10. Project Risks, Risk Management and Credit Rating
11. Working Capital Arrangements & T&C of Project Finance
12. Project Scheduling, Implementation and Follow-Up
13. Legal Aspects of Project Finance and Documentation
14. Infrastructure Projects (Private Sector) Financing
15. Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Projects
2. Capital Market
1. Introduction to Capital Markets
2. Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
3. Money Markets
4. Mutual Funds
5. Merchant Banking
6. Recent Developments
7. Stock Exchanges
8. Venture Capital
9. Credit Rating
10. Share Buy Back
11. Portfolio Management and Financial Engineering
12. Corporate Governance
13. Mergers and Takeovers
14. Lease and Hire Purchase
15. Housing Finance
3. Financial Institutions and Banking
1. Overview of the Financial Markets - Meaning and Scope :
2. Reserve Bank of India
3. Financial Institutions (FIs) (Industrial Sector)
4. Financial Institutions (Agriculture)
5. Financial Institutions – Others
6. Securitization
7. Financial Institutions (Area Specific)
8. Bank and Banking
9. Indian Money Market
10. Financial Intermediaries
11. International Monetary Fund (IMF)
4. International Finance
1. Introduction to International Finance
2. International Monetary and Financial System
3. Documents used in International Trade
4. External Commercial Borrowing
5. Foreign Investment in India
6. Direct Investment outside India
7. Foreign Exchange Markets
8. Foreign Exchange Risk Management
9. Export / Import Finance
10. Facilities for Residents and Non-Residents
11. Institutes involved in International Trade
5. Corporate Governance
1. Overview of Corporate Governance
2. Corporate Board
3. Shaping Directorial Competence and Board Effectiveness
4. Financial Institutions and Nominee Directors
5. Corporate Disclosure and Investor Protection (Listing
Agreement with Stock
1. Exchange)
6. Corporate Reputation
7. Corporate Governance and Regulatory Bodies
8. Globalization and Corporate Governance
9. Regulatory Framework and Investor Protection - An
Overview of existing
2. Measures for Investor Protection
10. Corporate Social Responsibility & Corporate Governance
11. Majority Rule and Minority Protection - Prevention of
Oppression and Mismanagement
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document.
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 marks
Page 91 of 236
Specialization: Customer Relationship Management
Semester III:
1. Customer Relationship Management
1. Introduction to customer Relationship Management
2. Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty
3. Relationship and Retention
4. Services Marketing and CRM
5. Data Management
6. Sales Force Automation
7. Implementing a CRM Programme
8. Effective CRM Today and Tomorrow
2. Advance CRM
1. CRM Concepts
2. CRM through Effective Customer Complaints Handling
3. Call Centre to Contact Centre to Customer Interaction
Centre
4. Sales Force Automation
5. Architectural Map for CRM Implementation
6. Industry Specific CRM Cases
7. Operational CRM
8. Analytical CRM
9. Customer Experience Management (CEM)
3. B2B Markets and CRM
1. Introduction to Business Marketing
2. Organizational Buying / Buyer Behaviour
3. Enterprise Selling
4. Segmentation
5. Targeting and Sales Planning
6. Relationship Marketing and CRM
7. Product Differentiation of Business Products
8. Pricing
9. Customer Service Management
10. Product Differentiation and Solution
11. B2B Hub
12. International Business
13. Marketing Communication
4. Services Marketing
1. Introduction to Services
2. Customer Expectations & Service Perceptions
3. Service Models & New product Development
4. Pricing & Service Delivery
5. Service Promotion
6. The People Dimension of Services
7. Service Process blueprinting & Physical Evidence
8. Service Quality
5. International Marketing:
1. Introduction to International Marketing
2. Challenges of Globalization
3. Why Firms Go International
4. The Task of International Marketing
5. Environmental Factors Affecting International Marketing
6. Foreign Market Entry Strategy
7. International Product Strategy
8. International Distribution Strategy
9. International Promotion Strategy
10. International Pricing Strategy
11. Outsourcing and Strategic Relationships
12. International Marketing Research
13. E-Marketing and E-Commerce
14. Future Trends
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document.
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques & Attitudes Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 marks
Specialization: International Business Management
Semester III:
1. International Economics
1. The International Economy
2. International Trade Theory
3. New Trade Theory
4. International Trade Policy
5. Trade Restrictions
6. Terms of Trade
7. Regional Trading Arrangements
8. International Monetary Fund
9. International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
10. GATT & WTO
11. The Balance of Payment
12. Foreign Exchange Rate
13. The Determination of Foreign Exchange Rate
14. Foreign Capital Movements & Multinational Corporations
15. External Sector – India
2. International Business Management:
1. Theories of International Trade
2. Globalization
3. Trade Barriers and Trade Block
4. Country Risk Analysis
5. Export-Import Finance
6. Balance of Payments
7. Multi-National Corporations
Page 92 of 236
8. Export Promotion Schemes in India:
9. Raising Money in International Markets
10. World Trade Organization:
11. International Marketing - Entry Strategies
12. International Monetary Fund
13. World Bank
3. Exim Policies and Procedure:
1. Overview of International Marketing
2. Starting the Exim- Registering for Exim/ Exim Duties
(Customs) and Valuation
3. Export Financing
4. Import Financing
5. Export Contracts
6. Preparing Goods for Export–
Packaging/Inspection/Fumigation
7. Export Material Flow Process
8. Exim Documents and Document Flow Process
9. Customs Process for Export
10. Customs Process for Import
11. Warehousing in Customs
12. Provisions Related to Export
13. Baggage Import and Export
14. Offences and Penalties in Customs
4. International Finance:
1. Introduction to International Finance
2. International Monetary and Financial System
3. Documents used in International Trade
4. External Commercial Borrowing
5. Foreign Investment in India
6. Direct Investment outside India
7. Foreign Exchange Markets
8. Foreign Exchange Risk Management
9. Export / Import Finance
10. Facilities for Residents and Non-Residents
11. Institutes involved in International Trade
5. Corporate Governance
1. Overview of Corporate Governance
2. Corporate Board
3. Shaping Directorial Competence and Board Effectiveness
4. Financial Institutions and Nominee Directors
5. Corporate Disclosure and Investor Protection (Listing
Agreement with Stock Exchange)
6. Corporate Reputation
7. Corporate Governance and Regulatory Bodies
8. Globalization and Corporate Governance
9. Regulatory Framework and Investor Protection
10. Corporate Social Responsibility & Corporate Governance
11. Majority Rule and Minority Protection - Prevention of
Oppression and Mismanagement
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological & Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document.
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques & Attitudes Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 marks
Specialization: Information Technology Management
Semester III:
1. E-Business
1. Computer Network
2. Web Publishing
3. E-Commerce
4. The Web Presence
5. E- Marketing
6. Technologies for E-Commerce
7. Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
8. E-Payment
9. E-Security
10. E-Services
11. E-Business- An Evaluation
12. E-Business Intelligence
13. M-Commerce
14. The impact of e-business on different fields and industries
15. Case Studies
2. Software Engineering
1. Introduction to Software Process Models
2. Software Project Planning and Estimation
3. System Engineering and Business Process Engineering
4. System Modelling and UML – I
5. System Modelling and UML – II
6. Design Concepts and Principles
7. Architectural Design
8. Software Testing Techniques
9. Software Configuration Management
3. Project Management
1. Software Project Management Concepts
2. Project Initiating
3. Managing Scope of the Project
4. Estimating and Scheduling
5. Managing Cost
6. Managing Quality
7. Managing Team
8. Managing Communication
9. Managing Risks
10. Software Configuration Management (SCM)
11. Update yourself: Current Trends
Page 93 of 236
4. Data Base Management system
1. Basic Concepts
2. Data Models
3. Relational Models
4. Relational Algebra
5. Structured Query Language (SQL)
6. Advanced Structured Query Language (SQL)
7. Integrity and Security
8. Normalization
9. Transaction Management
10. Concurrent Execution
11. Solved Examples
12. SQL Syntax
5. Object Oriented Analysis and Design
1. Introduction to Object Oriented Programming
2. Object-Oriented Programming Basics
3. Unified Approach (UA) & Unified Modelling Language
(UML)
4. Object Oriented Analysis (OOA)
5. Object Oriented Design (OOD)
6. Object Oriented Database Management Systems
(OODBMS)
7. Object Oriented Testing
8. Metrics for OOA
9. Simulation of Electrical Power System Network
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological & Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document.
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques & Attitudes Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 marks
Specialization: Operations Management
Semester III:
1. Material Management:
1. Introduction to Materials Management
2. Materials Planning
3. Purchase Management: An Overview
4. Buying Policies
5. Buying at the Right Price
6. Project and Capital Goods Purchasing
7. Transport and Traffic Management
8. The Stores Function
9. Stores Operations
10. Fundamentals of Inventory Management
11. Economic Lot Size
12. Replenishment Systems
13. Just-in-Time (JIT)
14. Computerization of Materials Management
15. Evaluation of Materials Department
2. Project Management (Operations)
1. Introduction to Projects
2. Project Management Process
3. Project Financing and Evaluation
4. Project Estimation and Economic Analysis
5. Organizing Projects
6. Project Planning
7. Networks for Project Management
8. Resource Levelling and Project Crashing
9. Project Implementation and Monitoring
10. Controlling Projects
11. Projects Contracts Management
12. Management Risk in Projects
13. Project Quality Management
14. Software Project Management
15. Issues in Project Management
3. Techniques for operations efficiency
1. Systematic Problem Solving
2. 7 QC Tools
3. Quality Circles
4. 5-S for Good Workplace Organization
5. SMED for Set-up Time Reduction
6. MUDA (Waste) Elimination
7. Poka-Yoke (Mistake/Error Proofing)
8. Statistical Process Control (SPC)
9. Kaizen
10. Daily Work Management (DWM)
11. Benchmarking
12. Total Productive Maintenance
13. Total Quality Management (TQM)
4. Quantitative Techniques
1. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
2. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode)
3. Correlation
4. Probability
5. Queuing Theory
6. Game Theory & Decision Theory
5. Supply Chain Management
1. Introduction to Supply Chain Management (SCM)
2. Logistics to Supply Chain Management (SCM)
3. Forecasting and Aggregate Planning
4. Inventory Management in SCM
5. Transportation
6. Inbound Supply Chain Management
7. Outbound Supply Chain Management
Page 94 of 236
8. Designing Supply Chain Distribution Network
9. Postponement and CRM in SCM
10. Outsourcing and Financial Aspects of SCM
11. Role of IT in Supply Chain Management
12. E-Business and the Supply Chain
13. SCM Measurement
14. The Indian Supply Chain Architecture
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document.
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 marks
Specialization: Retail Management
Semester III:
1. Retail Management – I
1. Enter the Planet of Retailing
2. Global and Indian Retailing Scenario
3. Store Based Retail Formats
4. Retail Consumer Behavior
5. Retail Market Strategy
6. Retail Financial Strategy
7. Retail Location
8. Operations Management
9. Supply Chain Management in Retail
10. I.T. in Retail
2. Retail Management –II
1. Merchandise Planning
2. Buying Merchandise
3. Pricing
4. Retail Communication
5. Store Layout and Designing
6. Customer Service
7. Human Resource Management in Retail
8. Establishing Retail Image
9. Non-Store Retailing
10. Franchising
3. Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behavior
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behavior
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behavior
4. Concepts in Supply Chain Management
1. An Introduction to Concepts in Supply Chain Management
2. Scope, Performance and Strategic Fit
3. Drivers and Obstacles
4. Designing a Supply Chain Distribution Network
5. Role of Network Design in a Supply Chain
6. Network Design in an Uncertain Environment
7. Forecasting Demand
8. Aggregate Planning and Managing Predictable Variability
9. Managing Inventory
10. Optimal Level of Product Availability
11. Sourcing
12. Transportation
13. Information Technology
14. E-Business and the Supply Chain
5. CRM in Service Industry
1. An Introduction to Service Industry
2. Understanding Services
3. Understanding CRM
4. Relationship between Service & CRM
5. Designing of Service for CRM
6. Internal Marketing: People Dimension of Service & CRM
7. Service Management & Productivity
8. Service Quality & Customer Satisfaction
9. CEM-Customer Experience Management for Service
Business
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business.
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
4. Listening
5. The writing process –planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
8. Writing Indirect Messages.
9. Short and Long reports.
10. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
Page 95 of 236
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies.
13. Resumes and Employment Letter.
14. Communicating with technology.
15. Formats for Document
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 marks
Specialization: Management Accounting
Semester III:
1. Project Financial Management
1. Introduction to Project Financial Management
2. Project Planning
3. Project Process
4. Tools and Techniques of Project Management
5. Project Evaluation Rules
6. Management Control and Change Control
7. Project Completion, Documentation and Reporting
8. Project Audit
2. Cost Planning and Analysis
1. Introduction to Cost Planning and Analysis
2. Tools for CVP Analysis
3. Value Analysis
4. Just-In-Time
5. Kaizen Costing and Learning Curves
6. Activity Based Costing
7. Life Cycle Costing
8. Value Chain and Supply Chain Management
9. Gain-Sharing Arrangement
10. Pareto Analysis
3. Budgeting and Management Control
1. Control System and Risk Management
2. Diversifying Risk
3. Internal Control Systems
4. Use of Budgets and Planning
5. Controllable and Uncontrollable Cost
6. Performance Analysis and Ratio Analysis
7. Responsibility Accounting
8. Performance Reporting
9. Behavioral Issues in Budgeting
10. Performance Evaluation
4. Strategic Finance
1. Capital Structuring
2. Dividend Theories
3. Restructuring through Share Repurchase
4. Mergers and Acquisitions
5. Activity Based Costing: I
6. Activity Based Costing: II
7. Working Capital
8. Accounting Standards: I
9. Accounting Standards: II
10. Human Resources Accounting
11. Performance Evaluation
5. Strategic Management Accounting
1. Introduction to Strategic Management Accounting
2. Strategic Management Accounting Techniques I
3. Strategic Management Accounting Techniques II
4. Strategic Performance Management
5. Customer Profitability Analysis
6. Inter-Organizational Cost Management Structure
7. Strategic Cost Management
8. Strategic Pricing I
9. Strategic Pricing II
10. Strategic Audit
Semester IV
1. Business Communication
1. 1. Business Communication
2. Communication in Business.
3. Process of Communication
4. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of Business
Communications.
5. Listening
6. The writing process –planning
7. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and Revising
Business Messages.
8. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill Messages.
9. Writing Indirect Messages.
10. Short and Long reports.
11. Developing and Delivering Effective Presentations.
12. Interviews and Meetings
13. Group Communication Strategies.
14. Resumes and Employment Letter.
15. Communicating with technology.
16. Formats for Document
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis.
Project
In Semester IV, students are required to submit an online project of
100 mark
Page 96 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one-on-one problem-solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the Course includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in
e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise
of 70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the Course
requirement.
Page 97 of 236
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1
Organizational Behaviour: Concepts, Controversies, Applications
7th ed.
Robbins Stephen
2
International Marketing: Approaching and Penetrating the
International Marketplace 3rd ed
Curry J E
3
Supply Chain Management For Global Competitiveness 2nd Ed.
Sahay BS
4
Retail Management: A Strategic Approach 10th Ed.
Berman Bary,
5
Managerial Economics: principles and worldwide applications
6th Ed
Salvatore, Dominick
6
Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation 6th ed
Naresh Malhotra,
7
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
8
Management Accounting IC 89
Insurance Institute
of India
9
Management Accounting Text, Problems and Cases
Khan, M.Y
10
Management Accounting
Inamdar, Satish M
11
Marketing Strategy: A Decision-Focused Approach 5th ed
Walker, Orville C.
12
Corporate Planning Theory and Practice
SarwateDilip
13
An Introduction to Management Science Quantitative
Approaches to Decision Making 10th ed
Anderson David
14
Business Policy and Strategic Management 2nd ed
AzharKazmi
15
Industrial Marketing 4th ed
Hill Richard
16
Global Marketing Management 5th ed
Keegan W J
17
Essentials of Management 5th ed
Harold Koonz
18
Marketing Management: Analysis Planning Implementation and
Control 9th ed.
Kotler Philip
19
E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications
Whiteley, David
20
Corporate Finance
Kulkarni, P. V.
21
Management Information System 7th ed.
Laudon K.C.
22
Management Accounting
Rao, A.P.
23
Marketing Management: A South Asian Perspective 12th ed
Kotler Philip
24
Management Information System
Prasad LM
25
International Marketing 8th Ed.
Terpstra Vern
26
International Business 6th Ed.
Czinkota Michael R
27
Purchasing And Supply Chain Management 2nd Ed.
Monczka Robert,
28
Marketing Research: Text And Cases 7th Ed.
Boyd H W,
29
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
30
Business Communication
I.C.S.I.
31
International Financial Management 2nd Ed.
Apte, P.G.
32
Modern Marketing Management 7th Ed.
DavarRustom
33
Marketing Research: Measurement And Method 6th Ed.
Tull Donald,
34
Consumer Behaviour 9th Ed.
Schiffman Leon,
35
Fundamentals Of Accounting For CPT 2nd Ed.
Maheshwari, S.N.
36
Human Resource Management 10th Ed.
Ghanekar Anjali
Page 98 of 236
Sr.No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
37
International Business Environment 4th Rev Ed.
Cherunilam Francis
38
The Project Management Manual
Young Trevor L.
39
Modernisation Of Materials Management
Jhamb LC
40
Business Communication
I.C.S.I.
41
Project Management
Choudhury S
42
Managing Human Resources 12th Ed.
Bohlander George
43
Customer Relationship Management: Emerging Concepts, Tools
and Applications.
Sheth JN
44
Case Studies In Retail Management Vol I
ICFAI
45
Retail Management
Bajaj Chetan
46
Contemporary Business Communication 5th Ed.
Ober Scot
47
Quantitative Analysis for Management 10th ed
Render Barry
48
Corporate Accounting
Agarwal, N.P.
49
Guide to Business Modelling
Tennent,
50
Statistical and Quantitative Methods
Chitale, Ranjeet H.
51
Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation 6th ed
Naresh Malhotra,
52
Operations & Supply Management
Chase Richard
COURSE FEES: Rs 70,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All Courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
1. Finance Manager
2. Financial Analyst,
3. Business Analyst,
4. Marketing Manager,
5. Sales Manager,
6. Brand Manager,
7. Senior HR Officer,
8. Placement Officer,
9. Recruitment Coordinator,
10. HR Head,
11. Administrative Head,
12. Purchase Manager,
13. Operations Head,
14. Branch Head,
15. Team Leader,
16. Customer Service Manager,
17. Project Manager,
18. Business Development Manager,
etc.
Page 99 of 236
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS AND CORPORATE LAWS
(PGDBCL)
Total Credits: 80
SEMESTER I
SEMESTER II
Law of Contracts
Corporate Restructure Law
Corporate Law
Corporate Finance Law
Laws Related to Banking
Dispute Resolution Law
Consumer Protection Act, 2019 and
Competition Act, 2002
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Laws
SEMESTER III
SEMESTER IV
Corporate Governance
Taxation Law
Intellectual Property Law
Research Methodology
IT Act (Cyber Context)
Project
Labour Laws
Curriculum
Semester - I
1. Law of Contracts
1. Indian Contract Act, 1872
2. Proposal & Acceptance
3. Consideration
4. Capacity to Contract
5. Free Consent
6. Void Agreements
7. Contingent Contracts
8. Performance of Contract
9. Quasi-Contracts
10. Discharge of Contracts
11. Indemnity and Guarantee
12. Bailment and Pledge
13. Agency
2. Corporate Law
1. Introduction to Company Law
2. Incorporation of Company
3. Capital
4. Membership of Company
5. Shares & Dividends
6. Borrowing, Lending & Investments
7. Directors and Other Managerial Personnel
8. Reconstruction, Amalgamation & Meetings
9. Winding Up
10. Minority Protection and Audit & Accounts
11. General Features of Partnership
12. Relations of Partners
13. Registration and Dissolution of a Firm
14. Limited Liability Partnership
3. Laws Relating to Banking
1. Introduction to Banking Law
2. Overview of Banking & Structure of Banking
in India
3. Banks in India - Role and Functions
4. Banker - Customer Relationship
5. Changing Role of Banks
6. Banking Ombudsman Schemes and Frauds
7. Overview of RBI
8. Role of RBI
9. Importance and Functions of RBI
10. Preliminaries & Types of Negotiable
Instruments
11. Negotiation & Endorsement
12. Presentment, Payment & Discharge,
Material Alteration and Forgery
13. Dishonor of Negotiable Instruments
14. Emerging Trends in Banking Law
15. Settlement of Disputes and Evidence Act
4. Consumer Protection Act, 2019 and
Competition Act, 2002
1. Introduction to Consumer Protection Act,
2019
2. Consumer’ Under Consumer Protection Act
3. Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies
4. Procedure for Filing Consumer Complaint
5. Appeals
6. Enforcement of Orders & Other Relevant
Provisions
7. Forms
8. Introduction to Competition Law
9. Competition Commission of India
10. Anti-Competitive Agreements &
Competition Laws
Page 100 of 236
11. Concepts Related to Dominant Position &
Criteria for Determining Abuse of Dominant
Position
12. Competition Laws and Regulation of
Combinations
Semester-II
1. Corporate Restructuring Law
1. Corporate Restructuring
2. Various Types of Corporate Restructuring
3. Merger and Amalgamation
4. Demerger
5. Takeover
6. Reorganize Through Compromise or
Arrangement
7. Joint Ventures (JV) & Reorganizing Business
8. Corporate Debt Restructuring
9. Financial Restructuring
10. Due Diligence and Corporate Governance
11. Taxes and Stamp Duty Aspects of Mergers
and Acquisitions
12. FEMA, SEBI and Accounting Issues
13. Mergers and Amalgamations Under Sick
Industrial Companies (Special Provisions)
Act 1985 (SICA)
14. Cross - Border Restructuring
15. . Mergers and Acquisition Agreements,
Schemes and Documentation
2. Corporate Finance Law
1. Introduction to Corporate Entity
2. Securities Exchange Board of India
3. Securities Contract (Regulation) Act, 1956
4. Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
Guidelines Part-I
5. SEBI Guidelines Part-II on Pricing of Issue
6. Book Building
7. Buy Back and ESOP
8. Trading, Substantial Acquisition and
Takeover
9. Overseas Financing
10. Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999
11. Foreign Investment
12. Competition Act and its Relevance with
Finance
13. Depositories Act, 1996
14. Listing of Securities
15. Mutual Funds
3. Dispute Resolution Law
1. Judicial/Basic Dispute Resolution
2. Litigation
3. Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)
4. Alternative Models of ADR
5. Arbitration
6. Arbitral Tribunals
7. Arbitration Award
8. Finality of the Arbitration Award
9. International Law on Arbitration Governing
International Commercial Transactions
10. Conciliation
11. Conciliation Proceedings and Settlement
Agreement
12. Negotiation
13. Mediation
14. Civil Procedure Mediation Rules
4. Insolvency and Bankruptcy Laws
1. Introduction to Insolvency and Bankruptcy
Regime
2. Authorities and Enforcement Mechanism
3. Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process-1
4. Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process-2
5. Committee of Creditors
6. Liquidation
7. Insolvency process for Individuals and
Partnership Firms-1
8. Insolvency process for Individuals and
Partnership Firms-2
9. Case Law
Semester-III
1. Corporate Governance
1. Overview of Corporate Governance
2. Corporate Board
3. Shaping Directorial Competence and Board
Effectiveness
4. Financial Institutions and Nominee
Directors
5. Corporate Disclosure and Investor
Protection (Listing Agreement with Stock
Exchange)
6. Corporate Reputation
7. Corporate Governance and Regulatory
Bodies
8. Globalization and Corporate Governance
9. Regulatory Framework and Investor
Protection - An Overview of existing
Measures for Investor Protection
10. Corporate Social Responsibility and
Corporate Governance
Page 101 of 236
11. Majority Rule and Minority Protection
Prevention of Oppression and
Mismanagement
2. Intellectual Property Law
1. Concept of Intellectual Property Rights
2. Harmonisation of IP Laws by International
Agencies - I
3. Harmonisation of IP Laws by International
Agencies - II
4. The Paris Convention, 1883
5. The Berne Convention, 1886
6. Indian Patent Law
7. Indian Copyright Law
8. Indian Trademark and Industrial Design Law
9. Case Laws
3. Labour Law
1. Introduction to Labour Law
2. Laws Related to Industrial Relations
3. Laws related to Wages
4. Laws related to Specific Industries
5. Laws related to Equality and Empowerment
of Women
6. Laws related to Deprived and
Disadvantaged Sections of Society
7. Laws related to Social Security
8. Laws related to Employment & Training
9. Case Laws
1. Offences and Penalties under GST
2. Appeals and Revisions
4. IT Act (Cyber Context)
1. Introduction to Cyber Laws
2. E-Commerce and E-Governance
3. Certifying Authority and Controllers
4. Offences under it Act, Adjudicating Officer
and Cyber Appellate Tribunal
5. Miscellaneous Provisions of IT Act, 2000
6. Introduction to Cyber Crimes
7. Cyber Offences
8. Constitutional Rights Vs. Cyber Crime
9. Intellectual Property in Cyberspace
10. Cyber Jurisprudence
11. Cyber Laws International Perspective
12. Case Studies
Semester IV
1. Taxation Law
1. Introduction to Taxation System
2. Introduction to Direct and Indirect Tax
3. Definitions
4. Residential Status of person, Determination
of Residential status
5. Introduction to Income Tax Act, 1961
6. Tax Incidence under Income Tax Act 1961
7. Procedure for Assessment, Appeals,
Revisions, Settlement of Cases and
Penalties & Offences
8. Introduction to GST
9. Levy and Collection of Tax
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and
Hypothesis
4. Research Design
5. Data Collection and Measurement
6. Sampling and Sampling Technique
7. Observation
8. The Interview Method
9. The Questionnaire Method
10. The Survey Method
11. The Experimental Method
12. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
13. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
14. Hypothesis Testing and Interpretation of
Data
3. Project
Students are required to submit a project by
the end of the semester IV.
Page 102 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions which
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the program includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website, Lecture DVDs & interactive PCPs.
EVALUATION SYSTEM
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in
e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70
marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement
for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
Page 103 of 236
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
LIST OF BOOKS AVAILABLE IN LIBRARY
SN
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
Publisher
1.
Outlines of Legal Language in
India
Dr. Anirudh Prasad
Central Law Agency
2.
Constitution of India
V. N. Shukla
Eastern Book. Co.
3.
Corporate Governance
P.P. Arya, B.B.Tandon
Deep & Deep Pub.
4.
Corporate Finance
Kulkarni P V and Kulkarni
S P
Himalaya
5.
International Business 6th Ed.
Czinkota M R, Ronkarnen
I A, Molfett M H
Thomson Asia
6.
Mercantile Laws
Inst. Of Chartered Acct.
Of India
I.C.A.I.
7.
Business Laws And
Management
Inst. Of Comp.Sec. Of
India
I.C.S.I
8.
Corporate Laws And Practice
III Final Course
Inst. Of Comp.Sec. Of
India
I.C.S.I.
9.
International Economics 3rd
Ed.
So'devsten And Reed
Macmillan
10.
International Economics 4th
Ed.
Cherunilam Francis
McGraw Hill
11.
International Economics 4th
Ed.
Cherunilam Francis
McGraw Hill
12.
International Economics 4th
Ed.
Sadvatore D
Tata McGraw Hill
13.
International Economics 2nd
Ed.
Farmer Roger
Thomson
14.
General Economics
Inst. Of Chartered Acct.
Of India
I.C.A.I.
15.
Consumer Protection Law in
India
Paranjpe V N
Central Law Agency
16.
International Economics Law
3rd Ed.
Myneni S R
Allahabad Law Agency
17.
Business Law For
Management 6th Rev Ed.
Bulchandani K R
Himalaya Publications
18.
Business Law For
Management 5th Ed.
Bulchandani K R
Himalaya Publications
19.
Taxman's Business Laws 2012
Taxman
Taxman
20.
Corporate Laws
Universal Law Pub. Co.
Pvt. Ltd
21.
Law of Contract and Specific
Relief
Avtar Singh
Eastern Book Co.
Page 104 of 236
SN
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
Publisher
22.
Company Law
Avtar Singh
Eastern Book Co.
23.
Law of Consumer Protection
Principles & Practice
Avtar Singh
Eastern Book Co.
24.
Comentary on The Consumer
Protection Act, 1986
J.N. Barowalia
Universal Law Pub. Co.
Pvt. Ltd
25.
Tannan's Banking Law and
Practice in India
M.L. Tannan
Wadhwa& Co.
26.
Law of Arbitration and
Conciliation
Avtar Singh
Eastern Book Co.
27.
A Textbook on The Indian
Penal Code
K. D. Gaur
Universal Law Pub. Co.
Pvt. Ltd
28.
Constitution of India
V. N. Shukla
Eastern Book. Co.
29.
Outlines of Legal Language in
India
Dr. Anirudh Prasad
Central Law Agency
30.
International Law and Human
Rights
Dr. S.K. Kapoor
Central Law Agency
31.
Consumer Cases
Dr. R.G. Chaturvedi
Western Law Publishing
32.
The Law of Torts
Ratnal & Dhirajlal
Wadhwa& Co.
33.
SEBI Manual 2004
Taxmann
Taxmann
34.
The Negotiable Instruments
Act 1881
Shikha Arora
Professional Book
Publication
35.
The Reserve Bank of India
Act, 1934
Shikha Arora
Professional Book
Publication
36.
The Banking Regularation Act
1949
Professional Book
Publication
37.
Principles of Corporate
Finance
R.Brealy, S.Myers, P.
Mohanty
McGraw Hill
38.
International Banking
Indinan Inst. of Banking
and Finance
MacMillan
39.
Principles of Corporate
Finance
R.Brealy, S.Myers, P.
Mohanty
McGraw Hill
40.
Companies Act, 2013
Professional Book
Publication
41.
Text Book of Mercantile Law
Mr. Gogna, P.P.S
S Chand & Company, 2009
42.
Business Law
Kuchhal, M.C. & Kuchhal,
Vivek
Vikas Publication, 6
th
edition, 2014
43.
Elements of Mercantile Law
Kapoor, N.D.
S Chand & Company, 2017
44.
Business Law
Tulsian, P.C & Tulsian,
Bharat
McGraw Hill, 3
rd
, 2014
45.
Company Law
Singh, Antar
Eastern Book Company,
17
th
2016
46.
Labour Laws
Tan Mann
Tan Mann Publication,
2017
47.
Banking Law & Negotiable
Instruments Act
Bangia, R. K
Allahabad Law Agency,
2016
Page 105 of 236
SN
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
Publisher
48.
Mercantile Law
Gulshan, S. S.
Excel Books, 3
rd
edition,
2007
49.
Company Law
Gulshan, S. S.
Excel Books, 2
nd
edition,
2008
50.
Case Laws: On Industrial
Relations: Issues and
Implications
Mishra, L
Excel Books, 2006
51.
International Economic Law
Myneni, S. R.
Allahabad Law Agency,
2012
52.
Health Laws and Health Care
System
Porkodi, S. & Haque,
Ansarul
Global Academic Pub. 2
nd
edition, 2005
53.
Business Law
Mathur, Y.S.
Advance Learner Press,
2014
54.
Industrial Jurisprudence and
Labour Legislation
Sarma, A.M.
Himalaya Publishing
House, 2015
55.
Legal Aspects of Business
Pathak, Akhileshwar
McGraw Hill, 6
th
edition,
2014
56.
Shipping Law
Institute of Chartered
Shipbrokers
Institute of Chartered
Shipbrokers, 2017
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
After completion of this program candidates can take the opportunity of various corporate
companies and can grow in his profession. Students can also associate with any legal
corporate platforms in the following areas of,
1. Legal Officer,
2. Compliance Officer,
3. Consultant,
4. Assistant Manager,
5. Legal Manager,
6. Legal Process Outsourcing (LPO),
7. Knowledge Process Outsourcing (KPO)
and
8. Various law firms
Page 106 of 236
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT
(PGDCRM)
Total Credit: 80
Semester-I
Semester-II
SN
Subject Names
SN
Subject Names
1
Principles and Practices of Management
1
Advanced CRM
2
Marketing Management
2
Sales and Distribution Management
3
Customer Relationship Management
3
Services Marketing
4
Consumer Behaviour
4
CRM in Service Industry
Semester-III
Semester-IV
SN
Subject Names
SN
Subject Names
1
Business Communication
1
Consumer Protection Act, 1986
2
B2B Markets and CRM
2
Research Methodology
3
Marketing Research
3
Project
4
E-Business
CURRICULUM
Semester I
1. Principles & Practices of Management (PPM)
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organization for Business
3. Need for Managing Organization and Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organizing
9. Staffing
10. Leading: Directing • Communicating •
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronizing)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Managerial Career
2. Marketing Management
1. Basic Concepts of Marketing
2. The Marketing Environment
3. Market Oriented Strategic Planning
4. Competition and Competitive Strategy
5. Market Research and Demand Forecasting
6. Consumer Behavior
7. Market Segmentation and Selecting Target
Markets
8. Positioning
9. Product Concepts
10. Distribution Channels and Marketing of
Services
11. Strategic Pricing
12. Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC)
3. Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
1. Introduction to customer Relationship
Management
2. Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty
3. Relationship and Retention
4. Services Marketing and CRM
5. Data Management
6. Sales Force Automation
7. Implementing a CRM Programme
8. Effective CRM Today and Tomorrow
4. Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behaviour
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
Page 107 of 236
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behaviour
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behaviour
Semester II
1. Advanced CRM
1. CRM Concepts
2. CRM through Effective Customer Complaints
Handling
3. Call Centre to Contact Centre to Customer
Interaction Centre
4. Sales Force Automation
5. Architectural Map for CRM Implementation
6. Industry Specific CRM Cases
7. Operational CRM
8. Analytical CRM
9. Customer Experience Management (CEM)
2. Sales and Distribution Management
Part–I- Sales Management
1. Introduction to Sales Management
2. Personal selling
3. Effective Sales Executive
4. Sales Planning and budgeting and forecasting
5. Sales force Recruitment, Selection and training
6. Sales Quota and Compensation sales Personnel
7. Leading & Motivating the Sales Personnel
8. Evaluation & Control of Sales force
9. Sales Territory
10. Key Account Management
Part- II- Distribution Management
1. Introduction to Distribution Management
2. Retailing and Wholesaling
3. Warehousing
4. Transportation
5. Distribution Channels in Services
6. Distribution Planning & Control
3. Service Marketing
1. Introduction to Services
2. Customer Expectations & Service Perceptions
3. Service Models & New product Development
4. Pricing & Service Delivery
5. Service Promotion
6. The People Dimension of Services
7. Service Process blueprinting & Physical
Evidence 8. Service Quality
4. CRM in Service Industry
1. An Introduction to Service Industry
2. Understanding Services
3. Understanding CRM
4. Relationship between Service & CRM5.
Designing of Service for CRM
5. Internal Marketing: People Dimension of
Service & CRM
6. Service Management & Productivity
7. Service Quality & Customer Satisfaction
8. CEM-Customer Experience Management for
Service Business
Semester III
1. Business Communication
1. Communication in Business
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of
Business Communication
4. Listening
5. The Writing Process – Planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and
Revising Business Messages
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill
Messages
8. Writing Indirect Messages
9. Short and Long Reports
10. Developing and Delivering Effective
Presentations
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies
13. Resumes and Employment Letters
14. Communicating with Technology
2. B2B Markets and CRM
1. Introduction to Business Marketing
2. Buyer Behaviour
3. Enterprise Selling
4. Elements of Enterprise selling
5. Segmentation
6. Targeting & Sales Planning
7. Relationship Marketing & CRM
8. Product Differentiation of Business Products
9. Pricing
10. Customer Service Management
11. Product Differentiation & Solution
12. B2B Hub
Page 108 of 236
13. International Business
14. Marketing Communication
3. Marketing Research
1. Fundamentals of Market Research
2. Application and Limitations
3. Sampling
4. Questionnaire- Design Development
5. Scaling Methods
6. Data Collection Primary / Secondary
7. Data preparation and Processing
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Multivariate Analysis
10. Research Process & Design
11. Specified Techniques in Market Research
12. Market and Sales analysis Research
13. New Product Development & Test Marketing
14. Presentation of Research Findings
15. Research in Service Segments
4. E- Business
1. Computer Network
2. Web Publishing
3. E-Commerce
4. The Web Presence
5. E- Marketing
6. Technologies for E-Commerce
7. Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
8. E-Payment
9. E-Security
10. E-Services
11. E-Business- An Evaluation
12. E-Business Intelligence
13. M-Commerce
14. The impact of e-business on different fields
and industries
15. Case Studies
Semester IV
1. Consumer Protection Act, 2019
1. Introduction to Consumer Protection Act,
2019
2. Consumer’ Under Consumer Protection Act
3. Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies
4. Procedure for Filing Consumer Complaint
5. Appeals
6. Enforcement of Orders and Other Relevant
Provisions
7. Forms
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing 5. Research Design
5. Data Collection and Measurement
6. Sampling and Sampling Technique
7. Observation 9. The Interview Method
8. The Questionnaire Method
9. The Survey Method
10. The Experimental Method
11. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
12. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
Student is required to submit a project by the end of Semester IV.
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the course includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the
Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
Page 109 of 236
• The questions formulated are based on the Course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions. Application/ Analysis/
Synthesis/ Evaluation (based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and
Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence
the chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
• students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the Course requirement.
(Additional 3 months are provided for working on research project and submitting the
research project).
Library Resources
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Marketing Research: Text and Cases 3rd ed
Rajendra Nargundkar
2.
Advertising Management 5th ed
Batra R.
3.
Advertising and Sales Promotion
Bootwala Shaila
4.
Basic Business Communication, concepts,
applications and skills
Kumar Raj
Page 110 of 236
COURSE FEES– Rs. 50,000/
Grading System
• Grading System (All Courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
• Manager-Client Servicing
• Customer Relationship Manager
• CRM Specialist
• Relationship Manager
• Product Manager
Page 111 of 236
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EXPORT & IMPORT MANAGEMENT (PGDEXIM)
COURSE STRUCTURE Total Credi t: 80
Semester I
Semester II
Principles and Practices of Management
International Supply Chain Management
EXIM Policy Framework
Procedures & Practices in EXIM Management
International Business Environment
Export Import Regulations
International Marketing
Risk Management in Import Export Business
Semester III
Semester IV
Export Import promotional schemes in India
Insurance & Inspection in Foreign Trade
Foreign Exchange management
Research Methodology
International Trade Logistics
Project
Entrepreneurship Development and
Management
COURSE CURRICULUM
Semester I
1. Principles & Practices of Management
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organization for Business
3. Need for Managing Organization & Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organizing
9. Staffing
10. Leading: Directing • Communicating •
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronizing)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Managerial Career
2. EXIM Policy Framework
1. Foreign Trade Policy
2. Export & Import Procedures
3. Documents Related to Export & Import
4. Instruments & Terms of Payment in Export –
Import
5. Methods of Export - Import Financing
6. Letter of Credit & Bill of Exchange
7. Foreign Exchange Regulations & Formalities
8. Cargo Insurance
9. International Commercial Terms
10. Procedure & Documentation for Availing
Export Incentives
3. International Business Environment
1. Theories of International Trade
2. Globalisation
3. Trade Barriers & Trade Block
4. Country Risk Analysis
5. Export-Import Finance
6. Balance of Payments
7. Multi-National Corporations
8. Export Promotion Schemes in India
9. Raising Money in International Markets
10. World Trade Organization
11. International Marketing - Entry Strategies
12. International Monetary Fund
13. World Bank
4. International Marketing
1. Introduction to International Marketing
2. Challenges of Globalisation
3. Why Firms Go International
4. The Task of International Marketing
5. Environmental Factors Affecting International
Marketing
6. Foreign Market Entry Strategy
7. International Product Strategy
8. International Distribution Strategy
9. International Promotion Strategy
10. International Pricing Strategy
11. Outsourcing & Strategic Relationships
12. International Marketing Research
13. E-Marketing & E-Commerce
14. Future Trends
Page 112 of 236
Semester II
1. International Supply Chain Management
1. Introduction to Supply Chain Management
(SCM)
2. International Supply Chain Management
3. Scientific Purchasing
4. Strategic Sourcing for Effective Global SCM
5. Inventory Management
6. Warehouse Management
7. Transport Management
8. Warehouse Management
9. Supply Chain Integration Coordination &
Collaboration
10. Packaging & Labelling for Global Supply Chain
11. Information Technology & Information
Systems in Supply Chain Management
12. Current Trends in SCM & SCM performance
Measures
2. Procedures & Practices in EXIM Mgmt.
1. Overview of International Marketing
2. Starting the Exim- Registering for Exim/ Exim
Duties (Customs) & Valuation
3. Export Financing
4. Import Financing
5. Export Contracts
6. Preparing Goods for Export–
Packaging/Inspection/Fumigation
7. Export Material Flow Process
8. Exim Documents & Document Flow Process
9. Customs Process for Export
10. Customs Process for Import
11. Warehousing in Customs
12. Provisions Related to Export
13. Baggage Import & Export
14. Offences & Penalties in Customs
3. Export Import Regulations
1. Regulations Related to Export
2. Regulations Related to Import
3. Foreign Trade (Development & Regulation)
Act, 1992
4. Foreign Trade Policy
5. Regulations Related to Excise & Customs
6. International Regulations in Exim
7. Export Promotion Councils & Commodity
Boards
8. Trade Barriers
9. International Chamber of Commerce
10. GATT-1947 & WTO-1995
11. Exim Regulations of Emerging Markets
12. Future Trends in Exim
13. Supplies to Nepal & Bhutan
4. Risk Management in Import Export Business
1. Introduction
2. Evaluation of Risk
3. Classification of Risk
4. Export Credit Guarantee Corporation
5. Marine Insurance Policies to Cover Transit
Risk Against Loss or Damage of Goods
6. Method of Claim Under Marine Policies
7. Project Export
8. Quantitative Techniques for Risk
Management
9. Hedging Techniques
10. Exchange Rate Forecasting
11. Regulations Governing Derivatives in India
12. Risk Related to Service Export & Import
13. Derivative Disasters
Semester-III
1. Export Import promotional schemes in India
1. Advance Authorisation Scheme (Duty
Exemption Schemes)
2. Export Promotion of Capital Goods Scheme
(EPCG)
3. Duty Drawback Scheme
4. SEZ
5. Export Oriented Units (EOUs), Electronics
Hardware Technology Parks (EHTPs),
Software Technology Parks (STPs) & Bio-
Technology Parks (BTPs)
6. EOU Procedures
7. Trade Facilitation & Ease of Doing Business
8. Merchandise Export from India Scheme
(MEIS)
9. Service Exports from India Scheme (SEIS)
10. Schemes for Exporters of Gems & Jewellery
11. Deemed Exports
12. Supplies to SEZ
2. Foreign Exchange Management
1. Foreign Exchange Markets
2. The International Monetary System
3. Exchange Rate Determination
4. Regulatory Framework in India
5. Imports
6. Exports
7. Financing Exports
8. Methods of Payments
Page 113 of 236
9. Facilities for Non-Residents
10. Export Credit Guarantee Corporation & Exim
Bank
3. International Trade logistics
1. Marketing Logistics: An Introduction
2. International Commercial Terms (Incoterms)
3. Organisation of Overseas Transport Services
4. Liner Shipping Services
5. Chartering Principles & Practices
6. Containerisation & Multi-modal
Transportation of Goods
7. Ports System & its Role in India's Foreign
Trade
8. Air Transport
9. Transport Intermediaries
10. Carriage of Goods by Sea & Multimodal
Transport - Legal Aspects
11. Maritime Fraud
4. Entrepreneurship Development & Management
1. Introduction to Entrepreneurship
2. Business Ideas
3. Developing a Business Plan
4. Exchanging a Small Scale Enterprise
5. Functional Strategies for a new business
6. Enterprise Planning
7. Issues & Challenges
8. Human Resource Management
9. E-Commerce & E-Business
Semester IV
1. Insurance & Inspection in Foreign Trade
1. Introduction to Risk & Insurance
2. Legal Aspects of Insurance with Specific
Reference to Marine Insurance
3. Introduction - Marine Cargo Insurance
4. Marine Cargo Insurance
5. Marine Insurance Policies
6. Marine Insurance Clause
7. Marine Cargo Claims
8. Export Quality Control & Pre-Shipment
Inspection
9. Export Credit Guarantee Corporation
10. Reinsurance 2
11. Piracy Insurance & Marine Case Laws
12. Aviation - Risk Exposures & Insurance
2. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods & Research
3. Formulating Research Problem & Hypothesis
4. Research Design
5. Data Collection & Measurement
6. Sampling & Sampling Technique
7. Observation 8 The Interview Method
8. The Questionnaire Method
9. The Survey Method
10. The Experimental Method
11. Scaling Techniques & Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
12. Data Presentation, Processing & Analysis
13. Hypothesis Testing & Interpretation of Data
Project
Students are required to submit a project by the end
of the Semester IV
Page 114 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the course includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in
e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the Course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the Course requirement.
(Additional 3 months are provided for working on research project and submitting the
research project).
Page 115 of 236
List of Learning Resource-
Total SLMs available-14 (the SLMs of all subjects are available)
List of e-Learning-
1. Principles and Practices of Management
2. International Marketing
3. Export Import Regulations
4. International Supply Chain Management
5. International Trade logistics
6. Entrepreneurship Development and Management
Library Resources
Page 116 of 236
Course Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All Courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
• After doing this Course candidates can take the opportunity of being self-employed by
starting their own venture as Exporter, Importer, Deemed Exporter, International
Supplier, International Logistics Provider and Entrepreneur.
• Students can also associate with any global trade platforms and can work as Risk
Manager, Government Official in Export Promotion Councils, Trading Houses,
Commodity Boards, etc
Page 117 of 236
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
(PGDHRM)
Total Credits: 80
Semester: I
Semester: III
Sr. No.
Subject Names
Sr. No.
Subject Names
1
Human Resource Management
1
Employee Relations
2
Human Resource Development
2
Organisational Development
3
Industrial and Labour Economics
3
Human Resource Information System
4
Leadership and Personality
Development
4
Labour Law – II
Semester: II
Semester: IV
Sr. No.
Subject Names
Sr. No.
Subject Names
1
Performance and Potential
Management
1
TQM and HR Audit
2
Labour Welfare and Industrial
Safety
2
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods
3
Labour Laws - I
3
Project Work
4
Compensation Management
CURRICULUM
SEMESTER I
1. Human Resource Management (HRM)
1. Human Resource Development
2. Human Resource Planning
3. Job Analysis, Job Description, Job
Specification and Job
4. Recruitment, Selection, Promotion and
Transfer
5. Training and Development
6. Performance Improvement
7. Planning Performance Appraisal
8. Career and Succession Planning
9. Quality Management
10. HRD Audit
11. Managing Change through Continuous
Improvement
12. Good HR Practices
13. Recent Techniques in Human Resource
Management
14. Human Resource Practices in Information
Technology Industry
2. Human Resource Development
1. Introduction to Human Resource
Development
2. Training and Organisation Environment
3. Training Needs Analysis
4. Learning Principles and Conditions
5. The Training Program: Selection, Design and
Delivery
6. Assessing the Effectiveness of Training
7. Training Audit and Cost Benefit Analysis
8. Training for a New Economy & Skills of a
Trainer
9. Emerging Trends in Training
10. Recruitment and Selection
11. Performance Appraisal, Feedback and
Reward Systems
12. Quality of Work Life and Career
Development
3. Industrial and Labour Economics
1. Nature and Scope of Labour Economics
2. Elasticity and Mobility of Labour
3. The Nature of Labour Market and its
Problems
4. Efficiency of Labour
5. Wage Management
6. Employment Policy
7. Emerging issues in Labour Economics
8. Introduction Nature and Scope of Industrial
Economics
Page 118 of 236
9. Indian Industrial Growth
10. Theories of Industrial Location
11. Industrial Finance
12. Planning and Industrialisation
4. Leadership and Personality Development
1. Leadership
2. Attitudes
3. Motivation: The Whys of Human Behaviour
4. Work Motivation Theories
5. Morale
6. Conflict Management
7. Group Dynamics
8. Stress Management
9. Decision Making
10. Personality
11. Techniques of Personality Development
12. Communication and Interpersonal Skills
SEMESTER II
1. Performance and Potential Management
1. Performance Management System
2. Performance Planning and Goal Setting
3. Performance Appraisals
4. Performance and Training
5. Performance Feedback, Coaching and
Counselling
6. Performance Parameters and Key Principles
in Human Performance Improvement
7. Current Trends in Performance Management
System
8. Performance Competencies
9. Self-Motivation for Managing Super Self
Performance
10. Performance Appraisal Format and 360
Degree Sample
2. Labour Welfare and Industrial Safety
1. Labour Welfare
2. Labour Welfare Officer
3. Workers Participation n Management
4. Worker’s Education Scheme
5. Statutory Labour Welfare Activities
6. Non-Statutory Welfare Measures
7. International Labour Organisation and
International Conference
8. Industrial Accidents and Industrial Safety
9. Motivation and Training
10. Personal Protective Equipment
11. Safeguarding of Machinery
12. Safety Officer and Inspection
13. Methods to Combat Fire Hazards
3. Labour Laws - I
1. Factories Act, 1948
2. Industrial Disputes Act 1947
3. Industrial Employment Standing Order Act
1946
4. Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)
Act 1976
5. Maternity Benefit Act, 1961
6. Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace
(Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act,
2013
7. Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
4. Compensation Management
1. Compensation and Costs - Concepts and
Context
2. Control Systems for Labour Costs
3. Compensation Systems Their Merits and
Demerits
4. Wage and Salary Administration
5. Legal Framework for Wage and Salary
Administration
6. Compensation Structures
7. Compensation Surveys
8. Pay Structure Today and Tomorrow
9. Incentives, Reward System and Pay
Restructuring
10. Process and Steps for Preparation of Payroll
11. Tax Planning and Payroll Components
12. Emerging Issues and Trends
13. Constitutional and International Labour
Standard Norms
SEMESTER III
1. Employee Relations
1. Industrial Relations – Evolution, Concept and
Approach
2. Evolution of Industrial Relations Policies
3. Industrial Disputes
4. Mediation, conciliation, Arbitration and
Adjudication
5. Grievance Procedure
6. Industrial Relations in Public Sector Units
7. Trade Union and Collection Bargaining
8. Workers Participation in Management
9. Domestic Enquiry
Page 119 of 236
2. Organisational Development
1. Organisation
2. Organisational Change and Organisational
Development
3. Characteristics of Organisational
Development
4. Foundation and Research of Organisation
5. Action Research and OD
6. Interventions
7. Team Interventions
8. Intergroup and Third Party Peacemaking
Interventions and Structural Interventions
9. Organisation wide Interventions
10. Change Agents and Emerging Issues in OD
11. Power and Politics and Organisation
Development
3. Human Resource Information System
1. Evolution of Human Resource information
system
2. Introduction to Database Management system
3. Design of Human Resource Information system
4. HRIS – Need Analysis
5. Human Resources Analytics
6. Introduction to the Management of Change
7. Outsourcing and HRIS
8. Talent management
9. E-recruitment and Selection
10. Training and Development in e-learning
Organisations
11. Performance Management System and
Compensation
12. International HRM and HRIS
4. Labour Laws – II
1. Payment Of Wages Act 1936
2. Minimum Wages Act 1948
3. Payment of Bonus Act, 1965
4. Employees Compensation Act, 1923
5. ESI Act, 1948
6. EPF and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
7. Mines Act. 1952
Semester. IV
1. TQM and HR Audit
1. Evolution of Quality Concepts
2. TQM: Elements and Implementation
3. Quality Strategies for Business Performance
4. Quality Organisation
5. Quality Planning
6. Implementing Quality Management Model -
ISO 9001
7. Implementing CMMI - Process Integration
and Product Improvement
8. Management Models Complementing
Quality
9. Quality Costs
10. Introduction to HR Audit
11. HRD and HR Audit
12. HRD Audit Methodology and Issues
13. Audit Report
2. Research Methodology & Statistical Quantitative
Methods (RM&SQM)
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and
Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
15. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
16. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean,
Median and Mode)
17. Correlation
18. Probability
19. Queuing Theory
20. Game Theory & Decision Theory
Project
Student is required to submit a project by the end of
the semester 4.
Page 120 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website, Lecture DVDs & interactive PCPs
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the
Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions. Application/ Analysis/
Synthesis/ Evaluation (based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and
Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence
the chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report - A student has to submit as per the program requirement for 100
marks with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
Page 121 of 236
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
Publication
Place
Year
1
Human Resource
Management
Dessler, Gary &
Varkkey, Biji
Pearson
Delhi
2016
2
Management
Stoner, James A.F.;
Freeman, R. Edward &
Gilbert, Daniel R.
Pearson
Noida
1995
3
Essentials of Management
Koontz, Harold &
Weihrich, Heinz
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2015
4
Organizational Behaviour
Luthans, Fred
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2015
5
First, Break all the Rues:
What the World's Greatest
Managers Do Differently
Harter, Jim
Gallup
Press
New York
2016
6
Good to Great: Why Some
Companies Make the Leap
and Others Don't
Collins, Jim
Random
House
New Delhi
2001
7
Managerial Economics:
Analysis, Problem & Cases
Mehta, P.L.
S Chand &
Company
New Delhi
2014
8
Principles and Practice of
Management
Prasad, L.M.
S Chand &
Company
New Delhi
2015
9
Fundamentals of Statistics
Elhance, D.N. ;
Elhance, Veena &
Agarwal, B.M.
Kitab
Mahal
Allahabad
2016
10
Essentials of Business
Communication
Pal, Rajendra &
Korlahalli
S Chand &
Company
New Delhi
2013
11
Human Resource
Management: Text and
Cases
Aswathappa, K.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2015
12
Human Resource
Management
Pattanayak, Biswajeet
PHI
Learning
Delhi
2014
13
Principles of Managenent
Ramasamy, T.
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
14
Modern Economics Theory
Dewett, K.K. &
Navalur, M.H.
S Chand &
Company
New Delhi
2015
15
Business Communication
Rai, Urmila & Rai, S.M.
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
Page 122 of 236
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
Publication
Place
Year
16
Personnel and Human
Resource Management
Rao, P.Subba
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
17
Business Environment : text
and Cases
Cherunilam, Francis
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
18
Business Law
Kuchhal, M.C. &
Kuchhal, Vivek
Vikas
Publication
Noida
2014
19
Organizational Behaviour
Prasad, L.M.
S Chand &
Company
New Delhi
2013
20
Industrial Jurisprudence and
Labour Legislation
Sarma, A.M.
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2015
21
Human Resource
Management: Gaining a
Competitive Advantage
Noe, Raymond A. &
Hollenbeck, John R.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2013
22
Employee Training and
Development
Noe, Raymond A. &
Kodwani, Amitabh
Deo
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2012
23
Legal Aspects of Business
Pathak, Akhileshwar
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2014
24
Essential of Management
Koontz, Harold &
Weihrich, Heinz
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2015
25
Organizational Behaviours:
An Evidence Based Approach
Luthans, Fred
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2015
26
CMMI
Nandyal, Raghav
Tata
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2011
27
Total Quality Management
Charantimath,
Poornima M.
Pearson
Noida
2011
28
Statistics for Management
Levin, Richard I. &
Rubin, David S.
Pearson
Noida
2013
29
Organizational Behaviour
Robbins, Stephen P. &
Judge, Timothy A.
Pearson
Noida
2013
30
Total Quality Management
Besterfield, Dale H
Pearson
Delhi
2016
31
Human Resource
Management
Beg, M.A.
Wisdam
Publication
Delhi
2015
32
Total Quality Management
Rajaram, S. &
Sivakumar, M.
Biztantra
Tamilnadu
2008
33
Group Discussion and
Interview Skills with CD
Patnaik, Prlyacclasshi
Cambridge
University
Press
Delhi
2016
34
Business Ethics and
Professional Values
Rao, A.B.
Excel
Books
Delhi
2006
Page 123 of 236
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
Publication
Place
Year
35
Management Information
Systems
Obrien, James A.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2008
36
Human Resource
Management: An
Experiential Approach
Bernardin, H. John
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2010
37
Business and Administration
Communication with CD
Lockers, Kitty O.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2013
38
Organizational Chage: An
Action-Oriented Toolkit
Cawsey, Tupper F.;
Deszca, Gene &
Ingols, Cynthia
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2012
39
Principles and Practices of
Management and
Organizational Behaviour
Singh, Chandrani &
Khatri, Aditi
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2016
40
Research Methodology: A
Step by step guide for
Beginners
Kumar, Ranjit
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2014
41
Human Resource
Informative Systems
Kanahagh, Michael J .
& Thite, Mohan
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2012
42
Culture and Organizational
Behaviour
Sinha, Jai B. P.
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2008
43
Organizational Behaviour
Nahavandi, Asbsaneh
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2015
44
Labour Laws
Tan Mann
Tan Mann
Publication
New Delhi
2016
45
Leadership
Nerthouse, Peter G.
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2014
46
Organizational Chage:
Theory and Practice
Burke, W. Warner
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2011
47
Compensation: Theory,
Evidence and Strategic
Implications
Gerhart, Barry &
Rynes, Sara L.
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2003
48
HRD Audit
Rao, T.V.
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2014
49
Organizationa development:
The Process of Leading
Organizational Chage
Anderson, Donald L
Sage
Publication
New Delhi
2012
50
Total Quality Management:
An Integrated Approach
Nigam, Shailendra
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2005
51
Patient Care Services and
Hospitals
Porkodi, S.
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2010
52
Customers Relationship
Management: An Indian
Perspective
Chaturvedi, Mukesh &
Chaturvedi, Abhinav
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2005
Page 124 of 236
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
Publication
Place
Year
53
Strategic Human Resoruce
Management and
Development
Regis, Richard
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2008
54
Marketing Research
Reddy, P. Narayana &
Acharyulu, G.V.R.K.
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2008
55
Business Ethics: Human
Values
Hundekar, S. G.
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2009
56
International Marketing
Vasudeva, P. K.
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2010
57
Organizational Behaviour
Rao, V.S. P.
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2009
58
Business Research Methods
Murthy, S. N. &
Bhojanna, U.
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2010
59
Compensation Management
Bhhatacharya,
Mousumi & Sengupta,
Nilanjan
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2009
60
Quantitiave Methods in
Management: Problems and
Solutions
Selvaraj, R. &
Loganathan, C.
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2008
61
Case Laws: On Industrial
Relations: Issues and
Implications
Mishra, L
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2006
62
Human Resource
Management
Sanghil, Seema
Vikas
Publishing
House
Noida
2014
63
Business Communication
Verma, Shalini
Vikas
Publishing
House
Noida
2014
64
Human Communication
Pearson, Judy, C.;
Nelson, Paul E. &
Tilsworth, Scott
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2011
65
Organizational Behaviour:
Key concepts, Skills & Best
Practices
Kinicki, Angelo &
Kreither, Robert
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2008
66
Labor Relations:
Development, Structure,
Process
Fossum, John A.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2009
67
Staffing Organizations
Heneman, Herbert G.
& Judge, Timothy A.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2009
68
Financial Inclusion in India:
Policies and Programmes
Mani, N
New
Century
Publication
New Delhi
2015
69
Organizational Behavior:
Concepts and Application ,
Text and Cases
Kumar, Pradeep &
Thakur, K.S.
Wisdom
Publication
Delhi
2011
Page 125 of 236
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
Publication
Place
Year
70
Compensation Management
Bhhatacharya,
Mousumi & Sengupta,
Nilanjan
Excel
Books
New Delhi
2009
71
Organizational Behavior
Robbin, Stephen P.
Pearson
New Delhi
2014
72
Organizational Behavior: An
Evidence Based Approach
Luthans, Fred
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2011
73
Human Resource
Management
Dessler. Gary &
Varkkey, Biji
Pearson
New Delhi
2015
74
Group Discussion and
Interview Skills with CD
Patnaik, Priyadarshi
Cambridge
University
Press
Delhi
2016
75
Human Resource
Management: Text and
Cases
Aswathappa, K.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2013
76
Financial Management: Text,
Problems and Cases With CD
Khan, M.Y. & Jain, P.K.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2014
77
Employee Traning and
Development
Noe, Raymond A. &
Deo Kodwani,
Amitabh
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2012
78
Macroeconomics
Dornbusch, Rudiges.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2015
79
Quantitative Techniques in
Management
Vohra, N.D.
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2010
80
Business Organisation and
Management
Gupta, C.B.
S Chand &
Company
New Delhi
2016
81
Modern Business
Organisation & Management
Sherlekar, S.A. &
Sherlekar, V.S.
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
82
Developing Communication
Skills
Mohan, Krishna &
Banerji, Meera
Trinity
Bengaloru
2016
83
Business Environmental:
Text & Cases
Cherunilam, Francis
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
84
Financial Management
Kulkarni, P.N. &
Satyaprasad, B.G.
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2015
85
Manegerial Economics:
Theory and Applications
Mithani, D.M.
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
86
Indian Economy
Puri, V.K. & Mistra,
S.K.
Himalaya
Publishing
House
Mumbai
2016
87
Financial Accounting
Tulsian, P.C.
Pearson
Noida
2006
88
Effective Technical
Communication
Rizvi, M. Mhraf
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2005
Page 126 of 236
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
Publication
Place
Year
89
Business Communication
Today
Bovee, Courtland L.;
Thill, John V. & Raina,
Roshan
Pearson
Noida
2017
90
Human Resource
Management: Gaining a
Comperitive Advantage
Noe, Raymond A.;
Hollenbeck, John R. &
Gerhart, Bary
McGraw
Hill
New Delhi
2006
91
Total Quality Management
Besterfield, Date H.;
Besterfield, Glen H. &
Urdhwareshe,
Hemant
Pearson
Noida
2015
92
Humanitarian Logistics:
Meeting the Challenge of
Preparing for and
responding to Disasters
Tathan, Peter &
Christopher, Martin
Kogan
Page
London
2014
Fees: Rs.50,000
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
HR Officer, Senior HR Executive, Administrative Head, Placement Officer, Recruitment
Coordinator, Recruiter, HR Consultant, HR Manager, Training and Development Officer,
Learning and Development Officer etc.
Page 127 of 236
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN RETAIL MANAGEMENT (PGDRM)
COURSE STRUCTURE Total Credits: 80
Semester I
Semester II
Principles And Practices Of Management
Marketing Management
Retail Management – I
Retail Management – Ii
Consumer Behavior
Management Information System
Service Marketing
Concepts In Supply Chain Management
Sales Management
Semester III
Semester IV
Brand Management
Advertising And Public Relations
Merchandise Management
Research Methodology
Customer Relationship Management
Project
COURSE CURRICULAM
Semester-I
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF
MANAGEMENT
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organization for Business
3. Need for Managing Organization and
Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organizing
9. Staffing
10. Leading • Directing • Communicating •
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Co-coordinating (Synchronizing)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Practicing Managerial Career
RETAIL MANAGEMENT – I
1. Enter the Planet of Retailing
2. Global and Indian Retailing Scenario
3. Store Based Retail Formats
4. Retail Consumer Behavior
5. Retail Market Strategy
6. Retail Financial Strategy
7. Retail Location
8. Operations Management
9. Supply Chain Management in Retail
10. I.T. in Retail
CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
1. Consumer Behavior
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behavior
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behavior
SERVICES MARKETING
1. Introduction to Services
2. Customer Expectations and Service
Perceptions
3. Service Models and New Product
Development
4. Pricing and Service Delivery
5. Service Promotion
Page 128 of 236
6. The People Dimension of Services
7. Service Process Blueprinting and Physical
Evidence
8. Service Quality
SALES MANAGEMENT
1. Introduction to Sales Management
2. Personal Selling
3. Effective Sales Executive
4. Sales Planning and Budgeting
5. Sales Forecasting
6. Sales Organisation
7. Recruitment and Selection of Sales Force
8. Sales Training
9. Sales Quota and Compensating Sales
Personnel
10. Leading and Motivating the Sales
Personnel
11. Evaluation and Control of Sales Force
12. Sales Territory
13. Key Accounts Management
Semester II
MARKETING MANAGEMENT
1. Basic Concepts of Marketing
2. The Marketing Environment
3. Market Oriented Strategic Planning
4. Competition and Competitive Strategy
5. Market Research and Demand
Forecasting
6. Consumer Behavior
7. Market Segmentation and Selecting
Target Markets
8. Positioning
9. Product Concepts
10. Distribution Channels and marketing of
services
11. Strategic Pricing
12. Integrated Marketing Communications
(IMC)
RETAIL MANAGEMENT – II
1. Merchandise Planning
2. Buying Merchandise
3. Pricing
4. Retail Communication
5. Store Layout and Designing
6. Customer Service
7. Human Resource Management in Retail
8. Establishing Retail Image
9. Non-Store Retailing
10. Franchising
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
1. Management Information System
2. Information Technology
3. Data Communication and IT Enabled
Services
4. Decision Support System
5. System Analysis and Design
6. System Development
7. The Database Management System
8. Data Warehousing and Data Mining
9. Information Security and Control
10. Information Systems and Quality
11. Functional Applications
12. Applications in Service Sector
CONCEPTS IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
1. An Introduction to Concepts in Supply
Chain Management
2. Scope, Performance and Strategic Fit
3. Drivers and Obstacles
4. Designing a Supply Chain Distribution
Network
5. Role of Network Design in a Supply Chain
6. Network Design in an Uncertain
Environment
7. Forecasting Demand
8. Aggregate Planning and Managing
Predictable Variability
9. Managing Inventory
10. Optimal Level of Product Availability
11. Sourcing
12. Transportation
13. Information Technology
14. E-Business and the Supply Chain
Semester III
MERCHANDISE MANAGEMENT
1. Managing Merchandise
2. Product Introduction
3. Basics of Merchandise
4. Merchandise Planning
5. Merchandise Analysis and
Implementation
6. Buying
7. Retail Vendor Management
8. Category Management
Page 129 of 236
9. Visual Merchandising and Space and
Design Communication
BRAND MANAGEMENT
1. Introduction to Brands
2. Brand Identity and Brand Positioning
3. Brand Communication
4. Brand Equity and Brand Valuation
5. Co-Branding, Brand Extension and Multi-
brands
6. Branding Strategies
7. Winning Brands
8. Case Studies
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT
1. Introduction to customer Relationship
Management
2. Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty
3. Relationship and Retention
4. Services Marketing and CRM
5. Data Management
6. Sales Force Automation
7. Implementing a CRM Programme
8. Effective CRM Today and Tomorrow
Semester IV
ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
1. What is advertising?
2. Objectives of Advertising, Planning and
Decision Making
3. Creating the Advertising Campaign
4. Brand Image, Personality and Equity
5. Advertising, Market Positioning,
Segmentation
3. . Media Strategy, Budgets, Research
6. Global Marketing and Advertising
7. Advertising and Society, Ethics and
Regulations
8. What is Public Relations?
9. Nature and Scope of Public Relations
10. Organisation and Practice
11. Public Relations Practitioner
12. Principal Areas of PR Work
13. Case Studies
14. Media Relations, Investor Relations
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and
Hypothesis
4. Research Design
5. Data Collection and Measurement
6. Sampling and Sampling Technique
7. Observation
8. The Interview Method
9. The Questionnaire Method
10. The Survey Method
11. The Experimental Method
12. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
13. Data Presentation, Processing and
Analysis
14. Hypothesis Testing and Interpretation of
Data
Project
Students are required to submit one hard
copy project by the end of Semester IV
Page 130 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the course includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the
Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the Course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions. Application/ Analysis/
Synthesis/ Evaluation (based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and
Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence
the chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the Course
requirement. (Additional 3 months are provided for working on research project and
submitting the research project).
Page 131 of 236
Learning Resources-
Total Number of SLMs- 14
SLMs of all subjects are available
List of e-Learnings
1. Principles and Practices of Management
2. Retail management – I
3. Consumer behavior
4. Service marketing
5. Sales management
6. Marketing management
7. Retail management – II
8. Management information system
Library resources:
Page 132 of 236
Proposed Fee: Rs.50,000/-
Grading System
• Grading System (All Courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Marketing manager, Manager Store operations, Store manager, Sales manager, channel sales
manager etc.
Students can also associate with any virtual marketing platforms in the following areas of,
1. Retail stores management
2. Distribution management
3. Supply chain management in the retail environment
4. Customer relationship manger
5. Marketing Manager
Page 133 of 236
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (PGDSCM)
CREDIT POINTS: 80
Program Content:
Semester I:
Semester III:
Course Title (short name)
Course Title (short name)
Concepts in Supply Chain Management
(CSCM)
Warehouse Management (WM)
Logistics & Distribution Management (LDM)
Green Logistics & Supply Chains (GLSC)
Legal Aspects of Supply Chains Management
(LASCM)
World Class Manufacturing (WCM)
Project Management (Operations) PM(O)
Research Methodology (RM)
Semester II:
Semester IV:
Course Title (short name)
Course Title (short name)
Entrepreneurship Development &
Management (EDM)
Knowledge Management in Supply Chain
(KMSC)
Strategic Supply Chain Management (SSCM)
Supply Chain Performance Measurement
E-Business (EB)
Project
International Supply Chain Management
(ISCM)
CURRICULUM:
Semester I
1. Concepts in Supply Chain Management (CSCM)
1. An Introduction to Concepts in Supply Chain
Management
2. Scope, Performance and Strategic Fit
3. Drivers and Obstacles
4. Designing a Supply Chain Distribution
Network
5. Role of Network Design in a Supply Chain
6. Network Design in an Uncertain Environment
7. Forecasting Demand
8. Aggregate Planning and Managing
Predictable Variability
9. Managing Inventory
10. Optimal Level of Product Availability
11. Sourcing
12. Transportation
13. Information Technology
14. E-Business and the Supply Chain
2. Logistics & Distribution Management
1. Physical Distribution
2. Distribution Channels
3. Wholesaling
4. Retailing
5. Channel Power and Channel Conflict
6. Channel Design
7. Logistics Management
8. Inventory Management
9. Transportation
10. Packaging
11. Warehousing
12. Modern Concepts in Logistics
3. Legal Aspects of Supply Chain Management
1. The Indian Contract Act, 1872
2. The Sale of Goods Act, 1930
3. Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
4. The Consumer Protection Act, 1986
5. The Standards of Weights and Measures Act,
1976
6. Insurance Laws
7. Insurance Cover
8. Income Tax Act
9. Central Excise Act, 1944
10. Labour Laws
Page 134 of 236
11. Child Labour Act and Contract Labour Act
12. Documentation Laws
13. The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988
4. Project Management (Operations)
1. Projects Overview
2. Projects Management Process
3. Projects Financing and Evaluation
4. Project Estimation and Economic Analysis
5. Organizing for Project
6. Project Planning
7. Networks for Project Management
8. Resource Levelling and Project Crashing
9. Project Implementation and Monitoring
10. Controlling Project
11. Projects Contracts Management
12. Management Risk in Projects
13. Project Quality Management
14. Software Project Management
15. Issues in Project Management
Semester II
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Management
1. Introduction of Entrepreneurship
2. Business Ideas
3. Developing a Business Plan
4. Establishing a Small Scale Enterprise
5. Functional Strategies for a New Business
6. Enterprise Planning
7. Issues and Challenges
8. Human Resources Management
9. E-Commerce and E-Business
10. Project Work
2. Strategic Supply Chain Management
1. Introduction to Supply Chain Management
2. Relationship Concerns in Integrated Supply
Chain Management
3. Supplier Relationship Management (SRM)
4. Customer Relationship Management
5. Strategic Sourcing
6. Facility Location and Network Design
7. Supply Chain Integration Coordination and
Collaboration
8. Global Logistics for Effective Supply Chain
Management
9. Global Supply Chain Management
10. Information Technology & Information
Systems in Supply Chain Management
3. E-Business
1. The Internet
2. The Web
3. E-Commerce
4. The Web Presence
5. Internet Marketing
6. Technologies for E-Commerce
7. Electronic Payment
8. E-Security
9. E-Services
10. E-Business – An Evaluation
11. E-Business Intelligence
12. M – Commerce
13. The Road Ahead
14. Case Studies
4. International Supply Chain Management
1. Introduction to Supply Chain Management
2. International Supply Chain Management
3. Scientific Purchasing
4. Strategic Sourcing for Effective Global SCM
5. Inventory Management
6. Warehouse Management
7. Transport Management
8. Global Logistics
9. Supply Chain Integration Coordination and
Collaboration
10. Packaging and Labelling for Global Supply
Chain
11. Information Technology and Information
Systems in Supply Chain Management
12. Current Trends in SCM and SCM Performance
Measures
Semester III
1. Warehouse Management
1. Introduction to Warehousing
2. Warehouse Functions
3. Warehouse Types
4. Warehousing and Value Added Services
5. Warehouse Internal Operations
6. Warehousing Equipment
7. Inventory Management
8. Safety and Security In Warehouses
Page 135 of 236
9. Future Trends In Warehousing
2. Green Logistics & Supply Chains
1. Environmental Sustainability & Green Logistics
2. Environmental Costs of Logistics
3. Reverse Logistics for Waste Management
4. Public Policy and Green Supply Chains
5. Green Supply Chains
6. Green Corridors
7. Green Land Transportation
8. Green ‘Air Transportation’ and Green ‘Water
Transportation’
9. Green Procurement
10. Green Supplier Development and
Collaboration
3. Supply Chain Risk Management
1. Basic of Risk Management
2. Risk in Supply Chain
3. Identifying & Analysing Risk
4. Creating Resilient SC
5. Business Continuity Management
6. Supply Chain Risk Management in Agriculture
and Food Industry
7. Management of Risks in Sourcing and
Procurement
8. Supply Chain Risk Management in
Manufacturing
9. Information Technology in Supply Chain Risk
Management
4. Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem & Hypothesis
4. Research Design
5. Data Collection and Measurement
6. Sampling and Sampling Technique
7. Observation
8. The Interview Method
9. The Questionnaire Method
10. The Survey Method
11. The Experimental Method
12. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
13. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
14. Hypothesis Testing and Interpretation of Data
Semester IV
1. Knowledge Management in Supply Chain
1. Knowledge Management in Supply Chain
2. Supply Chain IT Framework
3. Supply Chain Information Systems
4. Digital Markets & Efficient Supply Chains
5. E-Supply Chain Opportunities
6. Technology Standards
7. Enterprise Resource Planning
8. Emerging Technologies in SCM
9. IT Tools in Procurement
2. Supply Chain Performance Measurement
1. Performance Measurement of Integrated
Supply Chain
2. Traditional Approaches to Supply Chain
Performance Measurement
3. World Class Performance Measures for Supply
Chains
4. Process Driven Metrics
5. Balanced Score Card – Supply Chain
6. SCOR Model
7. Case Studies in Supply Chain Management
8. Case Study on Logistics Performance
Measurement
Project
Students are required to submit one Project by the
end of Semester IV
Page 136 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE
TEACHING LEARNING PEDAGOGY
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website & interactive PCPs
EVALUATION METHODOLOGY:
• Evaluation pedagogy includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given
in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based on
Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
FORMATIVE EVAULATION
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer
Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
• Continuous comprehensive Evaluation takes place in the live video conferencing lectures
(Virtual Classes) and interactive faculty interaction sessions.
• Quiz Lectures and Revision Lectures are also conducted through the live video
conferencing lectures.
SUMMATIVE EVAULATION
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement.
Page 137 of 236
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
SN
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Purchasing And Supply Chain Management 2nd Ed.
Monczka Robert,
2.
The Management of Business Logistics: A Supply Chain
Perspective 7th Ed.
Coyle John J
3.
A Textbook Of Technology Management: Text & Cases
Kiran, U. Ravi
4.
Total Quality Management
Kumar S
5.
Quantitative Techniques In Management 3rd Ed.
Vohra ND
6.
Industrial Management I
Jhamb L C,
7.
A Textbook Of Production (Operations) Management
Jhamb LC
8.
Purchasing And Materials Management
Gopalkrishnan, P
9.
Maintenance And Spare Parts Management
Gopalkrihnan P.
10.
Modernisation Of Materials Management
Jhamb LC
11.
Operations Management 9th Ed.
Gaither Norman
12.
Production Planning And Inventory Control 2nd Ed.
Narashimhan Seetharama L
13.
Supply Chain Management For Global Competativeness
2nd Ed.
Sahay BS
14.
Logistacal Management
Bowersox Donald J
15.
Entrepreneurship Devlopment And Management
Singh AK
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
FEES STRUCTURE
50,000 /-
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
After doing this program candidates can take the opportunity of being self employed by starting
their own business in the supply chain management field. After completion of the course
students can also work as,
1. Purchase Manager,
2. Strategic Planner,
3. Purchase Analyst/Assistant,
4. Materials Analyst,
5. Materials Manager,
6. Procurement Manager,
7. Supply Chain Manager,
8. Commodity Manager,
9. Inventory Manager,
10. Strategic Sourcing Manager,
11. Operations Manager,
12. Sourcing Manager,
13. Warehousing Manager, etd.
Page 138 of 236
Post Graduate Certificate in Management (Cyber Laws) (PGCM (CL))
Total Credits: 40
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
SN
SEMESTER I:
SN
SEMESTER II:
1
Introduction to Legal System
1
Information Privacy
2
Introduction to Information Technology
2
E-Commerce Related Laws
3
IT Act (Cyber Context)
3
Information Security Management
4
Research Methodology
5
Research Project
Curriculum
Semester - I
Introduction to Legal System
1.
Concept of Law and Legal System
2.
Sources and Development of Law
3.
Administration of Justice and the Courts
During British Period
4.
Administration of Justice During Growth of
Indian Federalism
5.
Rule of Law, Independence of Judiciary and
Separation of Power
6.
Courts in India
7.
Hierarchy of Courts in India and their
Jurisdiction
8.
Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and
Alternate Dispute Resolution Mechanisms -
Part I
9.
Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and
Alternate Dispute Resolution Mechanisms -Part
II
10.
Public Interest Litigation
11.
Regulating Legal Profession and Ethics
12.
Police System in India
13.
Legal Aid and Advice
14.
Prison System and Other Detention Institutions
Introduction to Information Technology
1.
Introduction to Computers
2.
Operating Systems
3.
Business Data Processing
4.
Computer Networks
5.
Network Securities
6.
Communication Protocols and Wireless
Networks
7.
Internet Technology
8.
Applications of the Internet
9.
Case Studies
IT Act (Cyber Context)
1.
Introduction to Cyber Laws
2.
E-Commerce and E-Governance Certifying
Authority and Controllers
3.
Offences under it Act, Adjudicating Officer and
Cyber Appellate Tribunal
4.
Miscellaneous Provisions of IT Act, 2000
5.
Introduction to Cyber Crimes
6.
Cyber Offences
7.
Constitutional Rights Vs. Cyber Crime
8.
Intellectual Property in Cyberspace
9.
Cyber Jurisprudence
10.
Cyber Laws International Perspective
11.
Case Studies
Semester - II
E-Commerce Related Laws
1. The Concept of E-Commerce
2. Payment Mechanism in Cyberspace
3. Online Advertising and Taxation
4. Types of Online Contracts
5. Features of Online Contract
6. Issues Emerging From Online Contracting
7. Copyright Law and Digital Technology
8. Industrial Property Rights
9. Protection of Consumer Rights – I
10. Protection of Consumer Rights – II
11. Awareness and Remedies Available
Page 139 of 236
12. Three-Tier Redressal Mechanism
13. Appellate Authority
14. Landmark Judicial Pronouncements
Information Privacy
1.
Introduction to Information Privacy
2.
Indian Charter on Privacy
3.
Privacy Issues and Remedies
4.
Notion of Cyber Security
5.
Introduction of Data
6.
Aspects of Data
7.
International Perspectives on Data Privacy – I
8.
International Perspectives on Data Privacy – II
9.
Security Audit
10.
Privacy Policy
11.
Children’s Online Privacy Protection
12.
Technological Flaws and Legal Responses
13.
Emerging Trends in IT
14.
Case Laws
Information Security Management
1.
Introduction to Information Security
2.
Access Control
3.
Communications Security
4.
Risk Management and Business Continuity
Planning
5.
Policy, Standards and Organisation
6.
Computer Architecture and Systems Security
7.
Application Program Security
8.
Computer Operations Security
9.
Physical Security
10.
Law, Investigation and Ethics
Research Methodology
1.
Understanding Research
2.
Scientific Methods and Research
3.
Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4.
Research Design
5.
Data Collection and Measurement
6.
Sampling and Sampling Technique
7.
Observation
8.
The Interview Method
9.
The Questionnaire Method
10.
The Survey Method
11.
The Experimental Method
12.
Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
13.
Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
14.
Hypothesis Testing and Interpretation of Data
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one-on-one problem-solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the program includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website, Lecture DVDs & interactive PCPs.
EVALUATION SYSTEM
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online
Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation
(based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence the
Page 140 of 236
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer
Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
•
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement
for 100 marks with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
Page 141 of 236
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr. No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
Publisher
1.
E. Commerce
Whitly, David
Tata McGraw Hill
2.
Electronic Commerce
Schneider Gary P & Perry
James T
Course Technology
3.
E Commerce
Chan, Henvy, Lee
Raymond, Dilon Tharam,
Chang Elizabeth
Wiley
4.
Computers Today
Basandra Suresh
Galgotia Publishing
Company
5.
Electronic Commerce 4th
Annual Edition
Schneider GP
Thomson
6.
Information Technology IC
21
Insurance Institute of
India
Insurance Inst.of
India
7.
e-business
V.P. Gupta
RBC
8.
Information Technology
Law and Practice
Vakul Sharma
Universal Law Pub.
Co. Pvt. Ltd
9.
Cyber Laws
Justice Yatindra Singh
Universal Law Pub.
Co. Pvt. Ltd
10.
Law Relating to Computers
Internet & E-commerce
Nandan Kamath
Universal Law Pub.
Co. Pvt. Ltd
11.
Outlines of Legal Language
in India
Dr. Anirudh Prasad
Central Law Agency
12.
Constitution of India
V. N. Shukla
Eastern Book. Co.
13.
Administrative Law
S.P. Sathe
LexiNexis Butter
Worths
14.
Lectures in Jurisprudence
N.K. Jayakumar
Butterworths
Fees: Rs. 20,000
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
The program will help practicing lawyers and those working in IT and other companies to
update their knowledge of Cyber Laws.
Page 142 of 236
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MANAGEMENT (ENTREPRENUERSHIP
DEVELOPMENT) PGCM (ED)
Total Credits: 40
Semester I:
Semester II:
SN
Subject Title
SN
Subject Title
1
Principles and Practices of Management
1
Sources of Funds
2
Management Accounting
2
Introduction To Legal System
3
Marketing Management
3
Logistics And Distribution Management
4
Management Information Systems
4
Risk Management
5
Entrepreneurship Development and
Management
5
Project
CURRICULUM
Semester I
Principles and practices of management
1.
Business - the Purpose of Management
2.
Designing Organization for Business
3.
Need for Managing Organization and Business
4.
Management of Standard Functions
5.
Managing Resources
6.
Planning
7.
Decision Making
8.
Organizing
9.
Staffing
10.
Leading: Directing • Communicating •
Motivating
11.
Controlling
12.
Coordinating (Synchronizing)
13.
Evolution of Management Thought
14.
Pursuing Managerial Career
Management accounting
1.
Introduction To Accounting
2.
Basics of Financial Accounting
3.
Process of Accounting
4.
Cost Accountancy (Basic Concepts and
Principles)
5.
Elements of Costs
6.
Material Costs
7.
Labour Cost
8.
Overhead Costs
9.
Marginal Costing
10.
Budgetary Control
11.
Standard Costing
Marketing Management
1.
Basic Concepts of Marketing
2.
The Marketing Environment
3.
Market Oriented Strategic Planning
4.
Competition and Competitive Strategy
5.
Market Research and Demand Forecasting
6.
Consumer Behavior
7.
Market Segmentation and Selecting Target
Markets
8.
Positioning
9.
Product Concepts
10.
Distribution Channels and Marketing of Services
11.
Strategic Pricing
12.
Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC)
Management Information Systems
1.
Management Information System
2.
Information Technology
3.
Data Communication and IT Enabled Services 4.
Management and Decision Making
4. Information:
5. Decision Support System
6. System Analysis and Design
7. System Development
8. The Database Management System:
Page 143 of 236
9. Data Warehousing and Data Mining:
10. Information Security and Control
11. Information Systems and Quality
12. Functional Applications
13. Applications in Service Sector
Entrepreneurship Development and Management
1. Introduction to Entrepreneurship
2. Business ideas
3. Development of a Business plan
4. Establishing a small-scale enterprise
5. Functional strategies for new business
6. Overview of financial markets – Meaning and
scope
7. Enterprise planning
8. Issues and challenges
9. Leadership
10. Human Resource Management
11. Venture capital and Private Equity
12. E-Commerce and E-Business
13. Logistics and Supply Chain Management (SCM)
14. Project Work
SEMESTER II
Sources of Fund
1.
Startup Ecosystem in India and World
2.
Policy and Institutional Infrastructure for Small
Enterprises
3.
Establishing the Small-Scale Enterprises
4.
Building Product, Talking to Users, and Growing
5.
Preparation of Business Plan
6.
Conventional Sources of Finance
7.
Venture Capital and Private Equity
8.
Managing Startup Risks
9.
Government Schemes in India for Promoting
Startup
10.
Government and Banking Funding for Startup
Introduction to Legal System
1.
Concept of Law and Legal System
2.
Sources and Development of Law
3.
Administration of Justice and the Courts during
British Period
4.
Administration of Justice during Growth of
Indian Federalism
5.
Rule of Law, Independence of Judiciary and
Separation of Power
6.
Courts in India
7.
Hierarchy of Courts in India and their
Jurisdiction
8.
Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and Alternate
Dispute Resolution Mechanisms
9.
Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and Alternate
Dispute Resolution Mechanisms-Part II
10.
Public Interest Litigation
11.
Regulating Legal Profession and Ethics
12.
Police System in India
13.
Legal Aid and Advice
14.
Prison System and Other Detention Institutions
Logistics & Distribution Management
1.
Physical Distribution
2.
Distribution Channels
3.
Wholesaling
4.
Retailing
5.
Channel Power and Channel Conflict
6.
Channel Design
7.
Logistics Management
8.
Inventory Management
9.
Transportation
10.
Packaging
11.
Warehousing
12.
Modern Concepts in Logistics
Risk Management
1.
Introduction to Risk Management
2.
Asset Liability Management in Banks
3.
Managing Credit Risk
4.
Managing Market Risk
5.
Managing Liquidity Risk
6.
Managing Interest Rate Risk
7.
Managing Foreign Exchange Risk
8.
Operational Risk Management
9.
Derivatives in Banks and Risk Management
Strategies
10.
Enterprise-Wide Risk Management in Banks
11.
The New Basel Accord: Implications for Banks
and Latest Capital Adequacy Regulatory
Guidelines
Project
Student is required to submit a project in the end
Page 144 of 236
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the program includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website and interactive PCPs.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes ‘Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities. given in
e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence
the chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit ‘Assignments’ for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise
of 70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program
requirement for 100 marks with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
Page 145 of 236
Library Resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
SN
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Management Information Systems 2nd Ed.
Davis Gordon B.
2.
Management Information Systems Text And Cases 3rd Ed.
Jawadekar W S
3.
Management Information Systems Text And Cases 2nd Ed.
Jawadekar W S
4.
Principles Of Economics 2nd Ed.
Mankiw N Gregory
5.
Entrepreneurial Development
Sarwate Dilip
6.
Dynamics Of Entrepreneurial Development & Management
Desai Vasant
7.
Entrepreneurship
Shejwalkar P. C.
8.
Entrepreneurship Development And Management
Singh A K
9.
Corporate Finance
Kulkarni P V and Kulkarni S P
10.
Marketing Management
Kotler, P
11.
MKTG: A South Asian Perspective
Lamb, Charles W.
12.
Entrepreneurship Development 2nd Ed
Balraj Singh
13.
Management Accounting
Shankaranarayana, H.V.
14.
B2B Marketing: A South-Asian Perspective 11th Ed.
Hutt, Michael D.
Program Fees: Rs. 20,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
• After doing this program candidates can take the opportunity of being self employed
by starting their own venture, starting a new business concept, buying a franchise,
buying an existing business.
• Students also have an opportunity to start a ‘Work at home’ business or a
consultancy. They will gain in-depth understanding of various aspects of running an
enterprise.
Page 146 of 236
Post Graduate Certificate in Management Digital Marketing (PGCM (DM))
PROGRAM STRUCTURE: Total Credit: 40
Semester I:
Semester II:
SN
Course Title
SN
Course Title
1
E-Customer Relationship Management
1
Online Market Research
2
E-Supply Chain Management
2
Search Engine Optimisation
3
Internet and Web Optimisation
3
Social Media Marketing
4
Integrated E-Marketing
4
Email Marketing and Mobile SEO
5
Search Engine Optimisation
5
Project
CURRICULUM
Semester I
Integrated E-Marketing
Section I
1. What Is Marketing?
2. What Is Digital Marketing?
3. Advantages And Disadvantages of Digital
Marketing
Section II
4. Marketing Mix In Digital Business
5. Product In Digital World
6. Price In Digital World
7. Distribution In Digital World
8. Promotion In Digital World
Section III
9. Tools And Techniques Of Digital Marketing
10. Social Media Marketing, Email Marketing
11. You-Tube Advertising, Display Advertising
12. Mobile Marketing (Google Ad-Word & Bing)
13. 13 Keyword Auctioning
14. Search Engine Marketing & Optimization (Hat
SEO Strategies)
E-Customer Relationship Management
1. Data Warehousing
2. Data Mining
3. Know Your Customer
4. Customer Loyalty and Retention
5. E-Marketing – Intelligence
6. M – Commerce
7. Digital Communities
8. CRM Through Effective Customer Complaint
Handling
9. Call Centre to Contact Centre To Customer
Interaction Centre
10. Customer Experience Management
E- Supply Chain Management
1. Production And Operations Management
2. Supply Chain Management
3. Distribution Management in Digital
Marketing
4. Logistics To Supply Chain Management
5. Inventory Management In SCM
6. Transportation Management In Digital
Environment
7. Application Of It In Supply Chain Integration
8. Strategic Orientation Of SCM
9. Sourcing In SCM
10. E-Business And SCM
11. Global Supply Chain Management
12. The Indian E-Supply Chain Model
Internet and Web Optimisation
1. Internet And Web Optimisation
2. Internet
3. Web And Internet
4. Internet Retailing
5. The Website And Business
6. Website Optimization
7. Secure Electronic Transaction (SET)
8. Track Your Product
Search Engine Optimization (SEO)
1. Search Engines and Basics
2. On Page Optimization
3. Advanced SEO Course Content
4. Off-Page Optimization
Page 147 of 236
Semester II
Email Marketing And Mobile SEO
1. Tips To Maximize Email Marketing Success
2. Know Your Audience
3. Craft Your Message
4. Choose The Right Format
5. Look For Measurable Results
6. Understand Different Devices
7. Understand Key Points In Going Mobile
8. Select Your Mobile Configuration
9. Frequently Asked Questions
10. Signal Your Configuration To Search Engines
11. Avoid Common Mistakes
12. Configure For Other Devices
Search Engine Marketing (SEM)
1. Advertising On Google Ad Words: An
Overview
2. The Concept Of SEM
3. Creating Your Ad Campaign
4. Creating A Text Ad
5. Choose An Ad Format
6. How Ad Groups Work
7. Understanding Your Ad Group Status
8. Google Analytics and Ad
Words Social Media Marketing (SMM)
1. What Is Social Media?
2. Why Does My Company Need Social Media?
3. The Value of Social Media
4. Facebook
5. Twitter
6. Google+
7. LinkedIn
8. You Tube And Pinterest
9. Pinterest
Online Market Research
1. Fundamentals Of Market Research
2. Online Market Research Process – I
3. Sampling
4. Questionnaire Design Development
5. Scaling
6. Data Collection – Online Primary Data
7. Data Preparation and Processing
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Multivariate Analysis
10. Presentation Of Research Findings
Project
Students are required to submit a online Project by
the end of Semester II.
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one-on-one problem-solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website, Lecture DVDs & interactive PCPs
Evaluation Systems
• Evaluation pedagogy includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online
Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/ Synthesis/Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
148 | P a g e
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
• Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
• The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
• Continuous comprehensive Evaluation takes place in the live video conferencing lectures
(Virtual Classes) and interactive faculty interaction sessions.
• Quiz Lectures and Revision Lectures are also conducted through the live video
conferencing lectures.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
Grading System
Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate percentage
as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
Rs. ₹ 20000
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Digital Marketing Manager
• Social Media Marketing Experts,
• Search Engine Marketers,
• E-Customer Relationship Manager.
149 | P a g e
Post Graduate Diploma in Project Management (PGDPM)
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
Total Credits: 80
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Principles and Practices of Management
Operations Strategy
Production / Operations Management
Project Scope Management
Management Information Systems
Project Schedule Management
Introduction to Project Management
Project Cost Management
SEMESTER III :
SEMESTER IV :
Project Quality Management
Introduction to Agile Management
Project Human Resource and Project
Communication Management
Project Integration Management
Project Risk Management
Project Stakeholder Management
Project Procurement Management
Project
SEMESTER I:
SEMESTER II:
Principles and Practices of Management
Operations Strategy
Production / Operations Management
Project Scope Management
Management Information Systems
Project Schedule Management
Introduction to Project Management
Project Cost Management
SEMESTER III:
SEMESTER IV:
Project Quality Management
Introduction to Agile Management
Project Human Resource and Project
Communication Management
Project Integration Management
Project Risk Management
Project Stakeholder Management
Project Procurement Management
Project
CURRICULUM
Sem. I
1. Principles & Practices of Management
1. Business - the Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organization for Business
3. Need for Managing Organization and
Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organizing
9. Staffing
10. Leading: Directing • Communicating •
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronizing)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Managerial Career
2. Production and Operations Management
1. The Production (Manufacturing)
Function
2. Manufacturing Methods
3. Facilities (Plant) Location
4. Facilities (Plant) Layout
5. Production Planning and Control (PPC)
6. Aggregate Planning
7. Master Production Schedule
8. Operations Scheduling
9. Production Activity Control
10. JIT and Kanban
11. Project Planning & Control: Critical Path
Analysis (PERT/CPM)
150
12. Maintenance of the Plant
13. Quality Management- I
14. Quality Management - II
15. Six Sigma
16. Work Study - I (Method Study)
17. Work Study - II (Work Measurement)
18. Operations Management in Service
Sector
3. Management Information System
1. Management Information System
2. 2. Information Technology
3. Data Communication and IT Enabled
Services
4. Management and Decision Making
5. Information:
6. Decision Support System
7. System Analysis and Design
8. System Development
9. The Database Management System:
10. Data Warehousing and Data Mining:
11. Information Security and Control
12. Information Systems and Quality
13. Functional Applications
14. Applications in Service Sector
4. Introduction to Project Management
1. Introduction to Project Management
2. Project Phases and Organisation
3. Understanding and Meeting Client
Expectations
4. Project Planning
5. Working with People on Projects
6. Networks for Project Management
7. Resource Levelling and Project Crashing
8. Project Implementation and Monitoring
9. Controlling Projects
10. Projects Contracts Management
Sem. II
1. Operations Strategy
1. History of Operations Management -
Current Status and Vision 2020
2. Operations Strategy - A Strategic Fit with
Corporate, Business and
3. Technology Strategies
4. Operations Strategy and Competitive
Dimension
5. Stakeholders and Strategy
6. Product/Process Design and Strategy
7. Operations Strategy and Market
Requirements
8. Company / Product / Service Profiling and
Downsizing
9. Capacity Decisions
10. Operation Strategy Implementation
11. Implementing Operation Strategy
(Modern Techniques)
12. Strategic Quality Management, CAD, CAM
and CIM
13. Delivering Value to Customers’ Key
Performance Indicators
14. Investment Decisions, Market Feedback
and Organizational Learning
2. PROJECT SCOPE MANAGEMENT
1. Introduction to Project Scope
Management
2. Plan Scope Management
3. Collect Requirements: Defining and
Documenting the Stakeholder’s Needs
4. Define Scope: Developing a Detailed
Project Scope Statement
5. Create WBS: Subdividing Project
Deliverables into Smaller Work Units
6. Validate Scope: Formalizing the
Acceptance of the Deliverables
7. Control Scope: The Ongoing Process of
Monitoring and Managing Changes to
the Project Scope
3. PROJECT SCHEDULE MANAGEMENT
1. Project Time Management
2. Introduction: Time Management in
Project Management
3. Define Activities
4. Sequence Activities
5. Estimate Activity Durations
6. Develop Schedule
7. Control Schedule
4. PROJECT COST MANAGEMENT
1. Project Costs
151
2. Promoter’s Role/Functions, Data and
Skills Requirements
3. Project Appraisal
4. Sources of Finance
5. Financial Feasibility Appraisal
6. Technical Feasibility Appraisal
7. Working Capital Arrangements and
Terms and Conditions of Project Finance
8. Infrastructure Projects (Private Sector)
Financing
9. Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Projects
10. Project Cost control
Sem. III
1. PROJECT QUALITY MANAGEMENT
1. Plan Quality Management
2. Perform Quality Assurance
3. Control Quality
2. PROJECT HUMAN RESOURCE and PROJECT
COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT
1. Resource Planning
2. Managing projects through people
3. Managing Virtual Project Teams
4. Project Human Resource Management
5. Introduction to Project Communication
6. Managing Communications Effectively
And Efficiently
7. Project Management Communication
Plan
8. Project Communication Management
Process
3. PROJECT RISK MANAGEMENT
1. Plan Risk Management
2. Identify Risks
3. Perform Qualitative Risk Analysis
4. Perform Quantitative Risk Analysis
5. Plan Risk Responses
6. Control Risks
04. PROJECT PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT
1. Plan Procurement Management
2. Conduct Procurements
3. Control Procurements
4. Close Procurements
152
Sem. IV
1. INTRODUCTION TO AGILE MANAGEMENT
1. Introduction to Agile
2. Principles of Agile
3. Benefits of Agile
4. Advantages of Agile for Project
Management
5. Combining Agile with other
Methodologies
6. Popular Agile Methodologies
2. PROJECT INTEGRATION MANAGEMENT
1. Develop Project Charter
2. Develop Project Management Plan
3. Direct and Manage Project Work
4. Monitor and Control Project Work
5. Perform Integrated Change Control
6. Close Project or Phase
3. Project Stakeholder Management
1. Identify Stakeholders
2. Plan Stakeholder Engagement
3. Manage Stakeholder Engagement
4. Monitor Stakeholder Engagement
4. Project Submission by the students
153 | P a g e
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy:
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Reference material link will be given for self-study
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes online material, Personal
Contact Program, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, recorded archive
lectures on website, Webinars or Workshops wherever necessary
Evaluation pedagogy:
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program
requirement for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
154 | P a g e
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr. No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
Publisher
01
Introduction to Accounting
Marriott, Pra; Edwards,
J.R. & Mellett, H.J.
Sage Publication
02
Advanced Accounts Vol-I
Shukla, M.C.; Grewal,
T.S. & Gupta, S.C.
S Chand & Company
03
Advanced Accounts Vol-II
Shukla, M.C.; Grewal,
T.S. & Gupta, S.C.
S Chand & Company
04
Research Methodology
Kumar, Ranjit
Sage Publication
05
Essentials of Financial
Management
Pandey, I.M.
Vikas Publication
06
Text Book of Mercantile Law
Gogna, P.P.S.
S Chand & Company
07
Environmental Studies
Rajagopalan, R.
Oxford University
Press
08
Accountancy Vol-2
Paul. S.KR
New Central Books
Agency
09
Accountancy Vol-1
Paul. S.KR
New Central Books
Agency
10
Marketing Research
Malhotra, Naresh K. &
Dash, Satyabhusan
Pearson
11
Business Communication
Today
Bovee, Courtland L.;
Thill, John W. &
Chatterjee, Abha
Pearson
12
An Introduction to
Accountancy
Maheshwari, S.N.;
Maheshwari, Suneel K. &
Maheshwari, Sharad K.
Vikas Publication
13
Human Resource
Management
Dessler, Gary & Varkkey,
Biji
Pearson
14
Management
Stoner, James A.F.;
Freeman, R. Edward &
Gilbert, Daniel R.
Pearson
15
Essentials of Management
Koontz, Harold &
Weihrich, Heinz
McGraw Hill
16
Organizational Behaviour
Luthans, Fred
McGraw Hill
17
Financial Management
Chndra, Prasanna
McGraw Hill
18
Management Information
Systems
Davis, Gordon B. &
Olson, Margrethe H.
McGraw Hill
19
Competitive Strategy:
Techniques for Analyzing
Industries & Competitors
Porter, Michael F.
Free Press
155 | P a g e
Sr. No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
Publisher
20
First, Break all the Rues:
What the World's Greatest
Managers Do Differently
Harter, Jim
Gallup Press
21
Production and Operations
Management 5th Edition
Adam Everett E
PHI Learning
22
Insurance and Risk
Management
Sharma B S
Anikit Pub. House
23
Logistics Management
Bhattacharya S K
S.Chand, New delhi
24
Corporate Finance
Kulkarni P V and Kulkarni
S P
Himalaya
25
Mercantile Laws
Inst. Of Chartered Acct.
Of India
I.C.A.I.
26
Business Laws And
Management
Inst. Of Comp. Sec. Of
India
I.C.S.I
27
Business Logistics/ Supply
Chain Management With CD
Ballou Ronald
Pearson
28
Operations Management
Contemporary Concepts &
Cases 3rd Ed.
Schroder Roger
Tata Mcgraw Hill
29
World Class Supply
Management 7th Ed. With
CD
Burt David
Tata Mcgraw Hill
30
Consumer Protection Law in
India
Paranjpe V N
Central Law Agency
31
International Economics
Law 3rd Ed.
Myneni S R
Allahabad Law Agency
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
Career Opportunities:
Qualified project managers are in high demand in today’s workplace in both large and small
organizations. It opens opportunities in a wide range of industries like construction,
automotive, information technology, pharmaceutical, telecommunications, oil, gas and
petrochemical, finance, government and all project-based organization
156 | P a g e
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DATA SCIENCE (PGDDS)
Total Credits: 80
PROGRAM STRUCTURE
SEMESTER I:
SEMESTER II:
Basics of Statistics
Python Programming
Introduction to Data Science
Advanced Statistics
Data Structures and Algorithms
Big Data with Data Warehousing and Data
Mining
Introduction to R Programming
Submission I
SEMESTER III:
SEMESTER IV:
NOSQL Database
Emerging Trends in Data Science
Data Visualisation
Submission II
Machine Learning with R and Python
Project
Ethical and Legal Issues in Data Science
CURRICULUM
Semester - I
Basics of Statistics
1. Basics of Statistics
2. Data Collection and Measurement
3. Data Presentation
4. Data Processing and Analysis
5. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median
and Mode)
6. Measures of Dispersion
7. Correlation
Introduction to Data Science
1. Basics of Data
2. Basics of Data Science
3. Big Data, Datafication & its impact on Data
Science
4. Data Science Pipeline, EDA & Data Preparation
5. Data Scientist Toolbox, Applications & Case
Studies
Data Structures and Algorithms
1. Programming Fundamentals
2. Control Flow
3. Arrays and Pointers
4. Functions
6. Stacks and Queues
7. Linked Lists
8. Trees
9. Searching Algorithms
10. Sorting Algorithms
11. Graphs
Introduction to R Programming
1. Introduction to R
2. Data Types and Data Structures
3. Loops and Functions in R
4. Mathematics in R
5. Graphs
6. String Manipulation and Input/output
7. Object Oriented Programming – I
8. Object Oriented Programming – II
9. Debugging and Condition Handling
10. Introduction to Parallel Computing in R
Semester II
Big data with Data Warehousing and Data Mining
1. Fundamentals of Data Warehouse
2. Architecture of Data Warehouse
3. Dimensional Modelling
4. ETL and OLAP
5. Introduction to Data Mining
6. Data Mining Techniques
7. Applications of Data Mining
8. Introduction to Big Data
9. Hadoop Ecosystem
157 | P a g e
10. Querying big data with Hive
Advanced Statistics
1. Sampling and Sampling Technique
2. Probability
3. Normal Distribution
4. Linear Regression
5. Multiple Linear Regression
6. Random Variables
Python Programming
1. Introduction to Python
2. Variables, expressions and statements
3. Control Structures, Data structures- Arrays and
Linked lists, Queues
4. Functions
5. Conditionals, recursion and iteration
6. Strings
7. Lists and Tuples
8. Dictionaries
9. Object Oriented Programming
11. Files and Error Handling
12. Testing, Debugging and Profiling
13. Handling data with Python
14. Python Graphical User Interface Development
Submission I
In Semester II students are required to submit a
submission as per guidelines given by SCDL.
Semester III
NoSQL Databases
1. Introduction to NoSQL
2. Basics of NoSQL
3. Replication and Sharding
4. Key-Value Databases
5. Document Databases
6. Column-Oriented Databases
7. Graph Databases
8. Advanced NoSQL
Data Visualisation
1. Introduction to Data Visualisation
2. Visualisation of Numerical Data
3. Visualisation of Non-numerical Data
4. Common Visualisation Idioms
5. Visualisation of Spatial Data, Networks and
Trees
6. Data Reduction
7. Introduction to Tableau
8. Data Visualisation with SPSS
Machine Learning with R and Python
1. Basics of Machine Learning
2. Supervised Machine Learning
3. Unsupervised Learning
4. Regression Algorithms
5. Clustering Models
6. R Markdown, Knitr, Rpubs
7. ggplot2
8. Computation with Python – NumPy, SciPy
9. Pandas
10. Aggregating and Analysing Data with dplyr
11. Data Visualisation in Python – Matplotlib
12. Introduction to scikit-learn
13. Web Scraping in Python – Beautiful Soup
14. Introduction to (Py) Spark
Ethical and Legal Issues in Data Science
1. What are Ethics?
2. Some Ethical concern of Data Science
3. History, Concept of Informed Consent
4. Data Ownership
5. Privacy, Anonymity, Data Validity
6. Algorithmic Fairness
7. Societal Consequences
8. Code of Ethics
Semester IV
Emerging Trends in Data Science
1. Big Data
2. Apache Spark and Scala
3. Deep Learning
4. Artificial Intelligence
5. Business Intelligence
6. Natural language processing
7. Data Analytics
8. Web Analytics
9. Case Study
Submission II
In Semester IV students are required to submit a
submission as per guidelines given by SCDL.
Project
Students are required to submit a online Project by
the end of Semester.
158 | P a g e
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes e-Books, online tutorials,
face to face counselling, e-learnings, recorded archive lectures on website.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in
SLM, answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities
given in e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the
Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/
Synthesis/Evaluation (based on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and
Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination,
Course wise of 70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program
requirement.
159 | P a g e
Library resources:
A full-fledged library is available in the campus, as well as, access to resources like EBSCO,
support are also given to the students, also link of eBooks from websites is given to students.
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
1. Data Analytics Made Accessible, by Dr. Anil Maheshwari e-book
2. Predictive Analytics: The Power to Predict Who Will Click, Buy, Lie, or Die by E.
Siegel e-Book
3. Lean Analytics: Use Data to Build a Better Startup Faster, by A. Croll and B. Yoskovitz
e- Book
4. Knowledge Discovery in Database-An Introduction to Data Mining By Taneja
Abhishek
5. E- book for free at www.sandal.tw/upload/Python_programming_2nd_Edition.pdf
6. Swaroop C H , A Byte of Python, https://python.swaroopch.com/, Download this book
for free at https://python.swaroopch.com
7. Downey, A. (2013). Think Python. Debugging. Needham, MA: Green Tea Press.
Retrieved March 18, 2017, from green tea press, http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-
python/ Download this book for free at http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/
8. pdp– The Python Debugger https://docs.python.org/2/library/pdb.html
9. Molnar, Christoph. "Interpretable machine learning. A Guide for Making Black Box
Models Explainable", 2019. https://christophm.github.io/interpretable-ml-book/.
10. r-statistics.co by Selva Prabhakaran: https://r-statistics.co/
11. Scipy Lecture Notes, https://scipy-lectures.org
12. https://annefou.github.io/pyspark/03-pyspark_context/
13. GitHub repos: Pandas exercises and "Effective Pandas"
14. Website Scraping with Python: Using BeautifulSoup and Scrapy by Gábor László Hajba
15. scipy-lectures.org — tutorials on pandas, numpy, matplotlib and scikit-learn
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
After doing this program, candidates can take the opportunity of being employed in the IT
industry at the following positions:
• Data Scientist
• Data Analyst
• Analytics Manager/Lead.
• Machine Learning Engineer.
• Statistical Programming Specialist.
• Big Data Engineer
160 | P a g e
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENERGY MANAGEMENT (PGDEM –RE)
Program Content: CREDIT POINTS: 80
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Conventional Energy and Environmental Implications
Government Policies and Regulations
Fundamentals of Heat and Electricity
Renewable Energy Technologies
Renewable Energy Sources
Project Management (Operations)
Business Law
Renewable Energy Economics
SEMESTER III :
SEMESTER IV :
Shared Energy Infrastructure
Fundamentals of Solar Power
Introduction to Energy Management and Auditing
Integration of Renewable Systems
Environmental and Health Impact of Energy Use
Project
Energy Conservation & Management
CURRICULUM
Semester I
Conventional Energy & Environmental Implication
1. Energy Resources - An Overview
2. Energy Use and Impact on Environment
3. Conventional & Sustainable Energy
4. Energy Production and Consumptions
Fundamentals of Heat and Electricity
1. Graphing Functions, Domain and Range
2. Polynomial and Rational Functions
3. Limits
4. Derivatives
5. Integration
6. Current and Resistance
7. Introduction to Magnetic Fields
8. Faraday’s Law of Induction
9. Thermodynamics
10. Heat Transfer Mechanisms
Business Law
1. Indian Contract Act, 1872 – Part I
2. Indian Contract Act, 1872 – Part II
3. Special Types of Contracts
4. Partnership Act, 1932
5. Sale of Goods Act, 1930
6. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
7. The Consumer Protection Act, 1986
8. Companies Act, 2013
Renewable Energy Sources
1. Introduction to Renewable Energy Resources
2. Solar Energy
3. Bio-Energy
4. Wind Energy
5. Other Renewable Energy Sources
Semester II
Renewable Energy Technologies
1. Solar Energy
2. Bio Energy
3. Wind Energy
4. Other Renewable Energy Technologies
Renewable Energy Economics
1. Policy issues and economic implications.
2. The Energy Transition -Economic Development
Co-relation.
3. Economic Rationale for renewables
4. Market situation
5. Accelerating energy transition to Renewables
6. Impact of renewable Energy Consumption on
economics in India.
Government Policies and Regulations
1. Government Policies And Regulations
2. Laws And Acts Of Electricity In India
3. Regulations
4. State Governments Policies
161 | P a g e
Project Management (Operations)
1. Projects Overview
2. Projects Management Process
3. Projects Financing and Evaluation
4. Project Estimation and Economic Analysis
5. Organizing for Project
6. Project Planning
7. Networks for Project Management
8. Resource Levelling and Project Crashing
9. Project Implementation and Monitoring
10. Controlling Project
11. Projects Contracts Management
12. Management Risk in Projects
13. Project Quality Management
14. Software Project Management
15. Issues in Project Management
Semester III
Shared Energy Infrastructure
1. National Grid operation and management
2. State Electricity companies
3. Load Dispatch Centres
4. Renewable energy integration with grid
Introduction to Energy Management & Auditing
1. Definitions and objectives of energy
management and audit.
2. Need for energy audit. Types of energy audit
3. Energy audit methodology. Energy management
approach
4. Energy audit instrumentation
5. Data and information analysis.
Environmental & Health Impact of Energy Use
1. Energy and the challenge of Sustainability
2. Energy and Health Impacts of a Policy to Phase
out nuclear power in India
3. Environmental and Health Impact of Coal use for
energy.
4. Environmental Challenges in Energy Carbon
Dioxide, Air, Water and Land use.
5. Energy Impact of Renewable Electricity
Generation
Energy Conservation and Management
1. Energy Management & Conservation
2. General Principles of Energy Management
3. Energy Management Planning ,Energy
Consumption pattern
4. Energy Storage Devices
Semester IV
Fundamentals of Solar Power
1. Solar Energy – I
2. Solar Energy - II
3. Photo voltaic cell working principle, Photovoltaic
Sensor
4. Photovoltaic Design
5. Photovoltaic Installation
6. Residential Photovoltaic Systems.
Integration of Renewable Systems.
1. Grid Integration Issues of Renewable Energy
Sources
2. Case Study – Renewable Integration
3. Harnessing and Integrating India’s Renewable
Energy Resources
4. Computer Aided Power Systems Operation and
Analysis
Project Work
Students are required to submit the hard copy of the
project by the end of the semester IV.
162 | P a g e
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
TEACHING LEARNING PEDAGOGY
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one-on-one problem-solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive lectures
on website & interactive PCPs
EVALUATION METHODOLOGY:
• Evaluation pedagogy includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in e-
learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based on
Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
FORMATIVE EVAULATION
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
• Continuous comprehensive Evaluation takes place in the live video conferencing lectures
(Virtual Classes) and interactive faculty interaction sessions.
• Quiz Lectures and Revision Lectures are also conducted through the live video conferencing
lectures.
SUMMATIVE EVAULATION
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70
marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement.
163 | P a g e
FEES STRUCTURE
50,000 /- (As per the SCDL policy)
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
SN
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
The Practice and Theory of Project Mangement
Newton Richard
2.
Project Management 5th Edition
Nagrajan K
3.
The Project Management Manual
Young Trevor
4.
Project Management: New Trends and Techniques
by Jani Jyotindra M
5.
Project Management: The Managerial Process 4th ed
Gray Clifford
6.
Business Law For Management 5th Ed.
Bulchandani K R
7.
Business Law For Management
Salvatore D
8.
Legal Aspects of Business
by Sheth Tejpal
9.
Business Law
Bansal C. L
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All courses): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate percentage
as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
After doing this program candidates can take the opportunity of being self employed by starting
their own business in the Renewable Energy management field. After completion of the course
students can also work as,
1. Business Development Manager (Renewable Energy)
2. Consultant
3. Chief Investment Officer in Renewable Energy
4. Project Manager Energy
5. Purchase Manager, etc.
164 | P a g e
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN FINANCE (Management Accounting)
PROGRAM STRUCTURE Total Credits: 40
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Cost Planning and Analysis
Corporate Governance
Budgeting and Management Control
Strategic Finance
Group Financial Statements
Research Methodology
Strategic Management Accounting
Project
Project Financial Management
CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS
Semester I
Cost Planning and Analysis
1. Introduction to Cost Planning and Analysis
2. Tools for CVP Analysis
3. Value Analysis
4. Just-In-Time
5. Kaizen Costing and Learning Curves
6. Activity Based Costing
7. Life Cycle Costing
8. Value Chain and Supply Chain Management
9. Gain-Sharing Arrangement
10. Pareto Analysis
Budgeting and Management Control
1. Control System and Risk Management
2. Diversifying Risk
3. Internal Control Systems
4. Use of Budgets and Planning
5. Controllable and Uncontrollable Cost
6. Performance Analysis and Ratio Analysis
7. Responsibility Accounting
8. Performance Reporting
9. Behavioral Issues in Budgeting
10. Performance Evaluation
11. Transfer Pricing
Group Financial Statements
1. Introduction to Group Financial Statements
2. Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements I
3. Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements
II
4. Associates and Joint Ventures
5. Changes in Group Structure
6. Complex Groups
7. Foreign Currency Transactions
8. Group Statements of Cash Flows I
9. Group Statements of Cash Flows II
Strategic Management Accounting
1. Introduction to Strategic Management Accounting
2. Strategic Management Accounting Techniques I
3. Strategic Management Accounting Techniques II
4. Strategic Performance Management
5. Customer Profitability Analysis
6. Inter-Organizational Cost Management Structure
7. Strategic Cost Management
8. Strategic Pricing I
9. Strategic Pricing II
10. Strategic Audit
Project Financial Management
1. Introduction to Project Financial Management
2. Project Planning
3. Project Process
4. Tools and Techniques of Project Management
5. Project Evaluation Rules
6. Management Control and Change Control
7. Project Completion, Documentation and
Reporting
8. Project Audit
Semester II
Corporate Governance
1. Overview of Corporate Governance
2. Corporate Board
3. Shaping Directorial Competence and Board
Effectiveness
4. Financial Institutions and Nominee Directors
5. Corporate Disclosure and Investor Protection
(Listing Agreement with Stock Exchange)
6. Corporate Reputation
7. Corporate Governance and Regulatory Bodies
8. Globalisation and Corporate Governance
9. Regulatory Framework and Investor Protection -
An Overview of existing Measures for Investor
Protection
165 | P a g e
10. Corporate Social Responsibility and Corporate
Governance
11. Majority Rule and Minority Protection -
Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement
Strategic Finance
1. Capital Structuring
2. Dividend Theories
3. Restructuring through Share Repurchase
4. Mergers and Acquisitions
5. Activity Based Costing: I
6. Activity Based Costing: II
7. Working Capital
8. Accounting Standards: I
9. Accounting Standards: II
10. Human Resources Accounting
Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes Measurement
Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Project
Students are required to submit a project by the end of
Semester 2
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to supplement
the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the program includes print material, face to face
counselling, work books/activity sheets, e-learnings and recorded archive lectures on website.
Evaluation System
• Evaluation System includes ‘Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in e-learning
and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension through
factual and textual questions. Application/ Analysis/ Synthesis/ Evaluation (based on Blooms
Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of knowledge
and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence the chances
of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
166 | P a g e
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70 marks
with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement for 100
marks with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of books in library
SN
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Financial Management
Jain, Promod
2.
Management Accounting IC 89
Insurance Institute of India
3.
Fundamentals of Accounting
Tulsian, P.C
4.
Cost Accounting: Principles and Practice 11th Ed.
Arora, M.N.
5.
Managing Accounting 5th Ed.
Atkinson A A
6.
Financial Management
CIMA
7.
Management Accounting Text, Problems and Cases
Khan, M.Y
8.
Management Accounting
Inamdar, Satish M
9.
Management Accounting: Text, Problems and Cases 5th Ed.
Khan, M.Y.
10.
Financial Management
Kapil, Sheeba
Program Fees: Rs. 20,000
Grading System
Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate percentage as well
as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
• Accounting professional
• Accounts Manager
• Cost Planner
• IFRS expert, etc
167 | P a g e
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN TECHNICAL WRITING IN BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT (PGDTWBM)
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Total Credits- 80
SEMESTER I
SEMESTER II
Introduction to Technical Communication
Technical Communication Software Tools
Information Development Life Cycle - I
Advanced Concepts in Technical Communication
Information Development Life Cycle - II
Technical Communication Project Management
Technical Writing Style and Editing
Principles and Practices of Management
English Grammar
SEMESTER III
SEMESTER IV
Business Communication
Advanced Technical Writing Tools
Instructional Design for Business
Communication
Research Methodology
Introduction to Creative Writing in Business
Communication
Project
Advanced Documentation Types & Processes
PROGRAMME CURRICULUM
Semester – I
English Grammar
1. Basics of Grammar
2. Grammatical Terms
3. Adjectives and Pronouns
4. Verbs
5. Mood and Tenses
6. More Grammatical Terms
7. Structures
8. Proofreading
9. Illustrations
10. Reports and Proposals
11. House style
12. Subject wise Technical Writing
Introduction to Technical Communication
1. Communication Theory
2. Frame of References
3. Communication Technology
4. Need for Technical Communication
5. Roles and Functions of Technical
Communicators
6. History of Technical Communication
7. Barriers in Technical Communication
8. Challenges in Technical Communication
9. Different Kinds of Technical Document (On
Paper/On Line)
10. Skills required for Technical Communication
Technical Writing Style and Editing
1. Milestones in the Writing Process
2. Rhetoric and Composition
3. Methods of Development - Part I
4. Methods of Development - Part-II
5. Style and Tone in Technical Communication
6. Sentence Construction and Paragraph Writing
7. Quoting, Paraphrasing and Writing
Introductions & Conclusions
8. Style and Language
9. Writing for Localization
10. Editing
11. Style Guide
12. User Interface
Information Development Life Cycle – I
1. Introduction to DDLC (Document Development
Life Cycle)
2. Writing Process
3. Research Methodology
4. Requirements in IDLC: Document Specification
and Study of Functional Domain
5. Audience Analysis in Technical Communication
6. Documentation Outline
7. Estimation of Timelines and Resources
8. Information Design
9. Typography of Design
10. Designs for Print Documentation
11. Designs for Online Documentation
168 | P a g e
Information Development Life Cycle – II
1. Developing a Prototype
2. Style Guides and Templates
3. Development of Style Guides
4. Reviewing
5. Packaging for Printed Documentation
6. Packaging for Online Help
7. Testing Help Systems
8. SDLC and DDLC
9. Planning and Estimating Documentation
10. Single Sourcing
11. HTML and XML
12. DITA
Semester – II
Technical Communication Software Tools
1. Getting Familiar with Technical Communication
Software Tools
2. Working with Layouts
3. Formatting Text, Paragraphs and Tables
4. Formatting Layouts – I
5. Formatting Layouts – II
6. Illustration Tools
7. Screen Capturing Tools
8. Content Management System
9. XML Editors
10. DITA
Advanced Concepts in Technical Communication
1. Concept of Usability in Technical Writing
2. Human Factors Engineering
3. Legal Aspects of Technical Writing (Copyright
and Trade Name)
4. Legal Writing
5. Medical and Engineering Writing
6. Multimedia
7. Introduction to Instructional Design
8. Theories in Instructional Design
9. Instructional Design Process - ADDIE Model and
Kirkpatrick Model
10. Content Development and Review
11. Storyboarding and Script Writing
Technical Communication Project Management
1. Project Management - An Overview
2. Requirements Study
3. Estimation
4. Project Scope
5. Project Deliverables
6. Resource Identification
7. Project Initiation
8. Project Planning
9. Risk Management
10. Technical Communication Team Management
11. Working with Partners/External Service
Providers/Content Developers
12. Project Tracking
Principles and Practices of Management
1. Business - The Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organisation for Business
3. Need for Managing Organisation and Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision Making
8. Organising
9. Staffing
10. Leading - Directing, Communicating,
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronising)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Management as a Career
Semester III
Business Communication
1. Communication in Business
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of
Business Communication
4. Listening
5. The Writing Process – Planning
6. Writing Process: Organizing, Composing and
Revising Business Messages
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill
Messages
8. Writing Indirect Messages
9. Short and Long Reports
10. Developing and Delivering Effective
Presentations
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies
13. Resumes and Employment Letters
14. Communicating with Technology
15. Formats for Business Documents
Instructional Design for Business Communication
1. Bloom’s Taxonomy– A Critical Appreciation
2. Component Display Theory
3. Instructional Design – Various Schools of
Thought
169 | P a g e
4. Learner Analysis − Learning Styles and
Demographics
5. The Design of Instruction for Organisations
6. Instructional Design at the Frontier
7. Strategic Communication
8. ID Tools/Rapid Authoring Tools
9. Articulate 360
10. Sample Business Documents
Introduction to Creative Writing in Business
Communication
1. Business writing essentials
2. Writing for sales, marketing and
communications teams
3. Writing for social media (FB/Insta/Company
Profile)
4. Self-expression
5. Write Well-Organized, Effective Sentences,
Paragraphs, and Words
6. Conclusion with impact
7. Web Content/Blogs
Advanced Documentation Types and Processes
1. Specialized Documentation Formats
2. Wiki
3. CMS
4. epub (ebooks)
5. Android Aps
6. iPhone Aps
7. Modern Processes
8. Agile Documentation Processes
9. Topic-based Authoring Process
10. Structured Authoring Process
11. Scrum Model – Technical Writer in
Scrum Team
12. Lean Principles to TW
Semester IV
Advanced Technical Writing Tools
1. RoboHELP Advanced Features
2. Wiki
3. DITA Open Toolkit
4. Calibre
5. Macro-builder
6. Cloud-based authoring and editing
7. Adobe Captivate
8. Visio
9. SnagIt
10. Google Analytics
11. Tracking Tools
12. Github
13. Confluence to Manage TW
Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and Hypothesis
4. Research Design
5. Data Collection and Measurement
6. Sampling and Sampling Technique
7. Observation
8. The Interview Method
9. The Questionnaire Method
10. The Survey Method
11. The Experimental Method
12. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
13. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
14. Hypothesis Testing and Interpretation of Data
Project
Student is required to submit a project by the end of
the semester 4.
170 | P a g e
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
TEACHING LEARNING PEDAGOGY:
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive
lectures on website & interactive PCPs.
EVALUATION SYSTEM:
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in
e-learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise
of 70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report - A student has to submit as per the program requirement for 100
marks with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
171 | P a g e
Library resources
A full fledge library is available in the campus, as well as, access to resources like EBSCO,
support are also given to the students.
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1
Web Programming
Jamsa Kris
2
Fundamentals Of Information Technology
Including MS Office
Maidasani, Dinesh
3
Information Development Life Cycle I
Garud Geeta
4
Learning Web Design: A Beginner's Guide to
HTML, Graphics and Beyond 2nd Ed.
Niederst, Jennifer
5
Information Search And Analysis Skills
NIIT
6
Web Technologies: TCP/IP to Internet Application
Architectures
Godbole A,
7
Web Technologies
SCDL
8
Basic Technical Communication
Tyagi Kavita
9
E-Resources And Digital Services
Jeevan VKJ
10
HTML Complete
Sybex
11
Flash 4 Bible
Reinhardt Robert
12
Faster Smarter HTML And XML
Morrison, Michael
13
HTM 4 Unleashed 2nd Ed.
Darnell Rick
14
Technical Communication A Practical Approach
Pfeiffer William Sanborn
15
Information & Communication Technologies for
Classess & Masses
Chowdary T. H.
16
Introduction to Telecommunications
Gokhale, Anu A.
17
Telecommunications Essentials: the complete
global source
Goleniewski, Lillian
18
Introduction to Telecommunications
Gokhale, Anu A.
19
Mass Communication in India
Kumar Keval
20
Technical Communication: Principles and
Practice,2nd ed with CD
Raman, Meenakshi
21
Mobile Learning for All: Supporting Accessibility
with the iPad
Perez Luis
22
Handbook for Technical Writing
McMurrey, David A.
23
Beginning HTML, XHTML, CSS, and Javascript
Duckkett Jon
24
HTML5 the missing manual
MacDonald Matthew
25
Effective Technical Communication
Rizvi, M. Ashraf
26
Technical Communication: A Reader Centered
Approach 6th ed
Anderson, Paul V.
27
Beginning Dreamweaver MX 2004
Wiley
28
Adobe Photoshop CS6 Bible: The Comprehensive,
Tutorial Resource
Dayley, Lisa DaNae
29
Word 2010: in Simple Steps
Kogent Learning
172 | P a g e
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
30
Introduction to Telecommunication: Voice, Data,
and the Internet 2nd ed
Cole, Marion
31
Web Technologies
Roy, Uttam K
32
Web Design: In Easy Steps
McManus, Sean
33
Technical Communication: Principles and Practice
Raman, Meenakshi
34
Technical Communication: process and product
Gerson, Sharon J.
35
Word 2010: in Simple Steps
Kogent Learning
36
Corel DRAW X7 in Simple Steps
Kogent Learning
37
Internet Research Methods a Practical Guide for
the Social and Behavioural Sciences
Hewson, Claire
38
Dreamweaver 4 From A to Z
Williamson Heather A
39
Web Design Principles 5th ed
Sklar, Joel
Grading System:
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
The amount of information available in the world doubles every year. Half of that information
becomes obsolete in two years. Technical writing is considered a highly skilled area and a very
lucrative profession. Like software development, technical writing is also a global profession.
After doing this program candidates can take the opportunity of being self employed by
starting their own venture of technical writing services. Learners can also associate in the
following areas,
1. Technical Writing
2. Multimedia and Web Content Developer
3. Online Technical Writer
4. Usability Tester
5. Copywriter
6. Instructional Designer
7. Courseware Developer
173 | P a g e
Post Graduate Certificate in Management (Event Management)
PGCM (EM)
PROGRAM STRUCTUREV Total Credit: 40
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Event Planning & Production
Event Matrix
Event Marketing
Event Laws & Licenses
Business Communication
Marketing Research
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising & Media Planning
Submission
Research Project
CURRICULUM
Semester I
Event Planning and Production
1. Analysis of concept, Logistics of concept,
Feasibility
2. Fabrication, light & sound
3. Facilities and services
4. Logistic policy, procedures,
5. Performance standards
6. Event Coordination
7. Event Production
8. Producing a Great Show
9. Supply of Facilities
10. Event Logistics
11. Catering as an Event Management Tool
Business Communication
1. Communication in Business,
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of
Business Communication
4. Listening skills
5. The Writing Process - Planning
6. Writing Process : Organizing, Composing and
Revising Business Messages
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill
Messages
8. Writing Indirect Messages
9. Short and Long Reports
10. Developing and Delivering Effective
Presentations
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies
13. Resumes and Employment Letters
14. Communicating with Technology
15. Formats for Business Documents
Event Marketing
1. Historical Perspective
2. Introduction to event Management
3. Size & type of event
4. Event Team
5. Code of ethics
6. Principles of event Management concept &
designing
7. Keys to success, SWOT Analysis
8. Introduction to Production and Logistic
Handling venders
Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behaviour
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer/Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behaviour
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behaviour
Submission*
Student is required to submit a online submission by
end of semester 1
174 | P a g e
Semester II
Event Matrix
1. Media in Event Management
2. Mice in Big Business
3. Special Event Risk Management
4. Time Management in Events
5. Uses of Information Technology for Events
6. Selecting, Contracting And Managing
Performers
7. Corporate Sponsorship For Promotional Events
And Programs
8. The 10 Biggest Mistakes Most Event Planners
Make...And How To Avoid Them
9. Fashion Shows as an Event
10. Notes, Bills and Cheques
11. Bankers and Customers
12. Nature of Company
13. Forming Your Own Event Company
Marketing Research
1. Fundamentals of Market Research
2. Application and Limitations
3. Sampling
4. Questionnaire Design Development
5. Scaling
6. Data Collection - Primary and Secondary
7. Data Preparation and Processing
8. Data Analysis and Interpretation
9. Multivariate Analysis
10. Research Process and Design
11. Specialized Techniques in Market Research
12. Market and Sales Analysis Research
13. New product Development and Test Marketing
14. Presentation of Research Findings
15. Research in Service Segments
Event Laws & Licenses
1. Relevant legislations
2. liquor licenses
3. Trade Acts
4. Stake holders and official bodies
5. Contracts
6. Tax Tips in Events
7. The Indian Contract Act
Advertising & Media Planning
1. Introduction to advertising world
2. Objectives of Advertising, Planning and
Decision Making
3. Creating the Advertising Campaign
4. Advertising and Society, Ethics and Regulations
5. Introduction to Public Relations
6. Basics of Media Planning and Media Mix
7. Media Buying
8. Outdoor Advertising
9. Point of Purchase of Advertising
10. Media Brief
11. Digital Media
12. Media Calculations and Terms
13. Innovative Media
14. Advertising Agencies and Media Relations
Organizations
Research Project
Students are required to submit a research project by
the end of the semester 2
175 | P a g e
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Reference material link will be given for self-study
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes online material, face to
face tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, recorded archive lectures
on website, webinars
Evaluation System
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. Every course carries 30marks
assignment. As a compulsory academic component of curriculum, students are required to
submit assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation
implemented is as follows –
• Continuous comprehensive Evaluation takes place in the live video conferencing
lectures (Virtual Classes) and interactive faculty interaction sessions.
• The students have to compulsory submit course wise “Online Assignment”. The dates
of submissions are given in the log – in of students as well as in the guidelines. The
guidelines monitor the students for the completion of the submissions course wise
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing. 60 marks are allocated for Multiple Choice Questions and
10 marks are allocated for Subjective questions of short answers.
176 | P a g e
Library Resources
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Event Management: For Tourism, Cultural, Business,
and Sporting Events
Wagen, Lynn Van Der
2.
Event Management
Bhiwandiwalla Hoshi
3.
Marketing Research: Text and Cases 3rd ed
Rajendra Nargundkar
4.
Advertising Management 5th ed
Batra R.
5.
Advertising and Sales Promotion
Bootwala Shaila
6.
Basic Business Communication, concepts,
applications and skills
Kumar Raj
Total Program Fee: Rs. 20,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
• After doing this program candidates can take the opportunity of being self employed
by starting their own venture as Event Managers, Event Supervisors, Event Planners,
Special Event Planner.
• Students can also associate with any Event Management companies and can work as
Wedding Planners, Conference Planners, etc.
177
Post Graduate Diploma in Personnel and Human Resource Management
[PGDP&HRM (LL)]
PROGRAM STRUCTURE Total Credits: 80
SEMESTER I :
SEMESTER II :
Personnel Administration
Laws Related to Social Security
Laws Relating to Industrial Relation
Laws Related to Specific Industries
Employee Relations
Human Resource Management
Submission - I
Submission - II
SEMESTER III :
SEMESTER IV :
Organisational Behaviour
Labour Welfare
Laws Related to Employment and Training
Laws Related to Equality and Empowerment of
Woman and Laws Related to Deprived and
Disadvantaged Section of the Society
Laws Related to Wages
Project
Submission - III
CURRICULUM
Semester I
1. Personnel Administration
1. Personnel Administration concept and Scope
2. Strategic Importance and Diagnostic Approach
to Personnel Administration
3. Human Resource Planning – Recruitment and
Selection
4. Training & Development and Personnel
Manual
5. Employee Wage and Salary Administration
6. Compensation and Benefits, Promotions,
Transfer, Demotions and W.P.M.
7. Career Development
8. Employee Welfare and Wellness Programme
9. Learning and Motivation
10. Employee Relations and Leadership /
Teambuilding
11. Industrial Relations and Management of
Conflicts
12. Disciplinary Actions and Labour Laws
13. Information Technology and Personnel
Administration
2. Employee Relations
1. Industrial Relations − Evolution, Concept and
Approach
2. Evolution of Industrial Relations Policies
3. Industrial Disputes
4. Mediation and Conciliation, Arbitration and
Adjudication
5. Grievance Procedure
6. Trade Unions
7. Collective Bargaining
8. Workers’ Participation in Management
9. Domestic Enquiry
3. Laws Related to Industrial Relation
1. Trade Unions Act, 1926
2. Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act,
1946
3. Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
4. Prevention of Unfair Labour Practices Act,
1971
4. Submission – I
Students will be required to submit an online
submission.
Semester II
1. Human Resource Management
1. Human Resource Development
2. Human Resource Planning
3. Job Evaluation
4. Recruitment, Selection, Promotion and
Transfer
5. Training and Development
178
6. Performance Improvement
7. Planning Performance Appraisal
8. Career and Succession Planning
9. Quality Management
10. HRD Audit
11. Managing Change through Continuous
Improvement
12. Good HR Practices
13. Recent Techniques in Human Resource
Management
14. Human Resource Practices in Information
Technology Industry
2. Laws Related to Social Security
1. Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948
2. Workmen’s Compensation (Amendment) Act,
2010
3. Employees’ Provident Fund & Miscellaneous
Provisions Act, 1952
4. Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
3. Laws Related to Specific Industries
1. Factories Act, 1948
2. Shops and Establishments Act, 2017
3. Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act,
1970 / Migrant Worker
4. Building & Construction Workers (Regulation
of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act,
1996
5. Motor Transport Workers Act, 1961
6. Sales Promotion Employees (Conditions of
Service) Act, 1976
7. Mines Act, 1952
8. Plantation Labour Act, 1951
4. Submission – II
Students will be required to submit an online
submission.
Semester III
1. Organisational Behaviour
1. Historical Evolution of Organisational
Behaviour
2. Understanding Organisational Behaviour:
3. Perception
4. Personality
5. Attitudes
6. Motivation: The Driving Forces of Human
Behaviour
7. Work Motivation Theories
8. Morale
9. Work and Conditions of Work
10. Conflict Management
11. Group Dynamics
12. Stress Management
13. Leadership
14. Management of Organisational Change
15. Organisational Culture
16. Organisational Power and Politics
2. Laws related to Employment & Training
1. Employment Exchanges (Compulsory
Notification of Vacancies) Act, 1959
2. Employment Exchanges (Compulsory
Notification of Vacancies) Rules, 1959
3. Apprentices Act, 1961
3. Laws Related to Wages
1. Payment of Wages Act, 1936
2. Minimum Wages Act, 1948
3. Working Journalist (Fixation of Rates of Wages)
Act, 1958
4. Payment of Bonus Act, 1965
4. Submission – III
Students will be required to submit an online
submission.
Semester IV
1. Labour Welfare
1. Introduction to Labour Welfare
2. Labour Welfare Officer
3. Workers’ Participation in Management
4. Workers’ Education Scheme
5. Statutory Labour Welfare Activities
6. Non-Statutory Welfare Measures
7. International Labour Organization &
International Labour Conference
8. Industrial Accidents and Industrial Safety
2. Laws related to Equality and Empowerment of
Women and Laws related to Deprived and
Disadvantaged Sections of Society
1. Prevention of sexual harassment Act, 2013
2. Maternity Benefit Act, 1961
3. Equal Remuneration Act, 1976
4. Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976
5. Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act,
1986
6. The Maharashtra Mathadi Hamal and other
Manual Workers (Regulation of Employment
and Welfare) Act, 1969
Project
Students will be required to submit a Project in the
end of semester IV.
179
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one-on-one problem-solving sessions for students.
Reference material link will be given for self-study
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes online material, face to
face tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, recorded archive lectures
on website, webinars
Evaluation pedagogy
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic
component of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of
Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with
50% passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the
students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of
70 marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program
requirement for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
180
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
1
Human Resource Management
Dessler, Gary & Varkkey, Biji
2
Management
Stoner, James A.F.; Freeman, R.
Edward & Gilbert, Daniel R.
3
Essentials of Management
Koontz, Harold & Weihrich, Heinz
4
Organizational Behaviour
Luthans, Fred
5
First, Break all the Rues: What the World's
Greatest Managers Do Differently
Harter, Jim
6
Good to Great: Why Some Companies Make the
Leap and Others Don't
Collins, Jim
7
Managerial Economics: Analysis, Problem &
Cases
Mehta, P.L.
8
Principles and Practice of Management
Prasad, L.M.
9
Fundamentals of Statistics
Elhance, D.N. ; Elhance, Veena &
Agarwal, B.M.
10
Essentials of Business Communication
Pal, Rajendra & Korlahalli
11
Human Resource Management: Text and Cases
Aswathappa, K.
12
Human Resource Management
Pattanayak, Biswajeet
13
Principles of Managenent
Ramasamy, T.
14
Modern Economics Theory
Dewett, K.K. & Navalur, M.H.
15
Business Communication
Rai, Urmila & Rai, S.M.
16
Personnel and Human Resource Management
Rao, P.Subba
17
Business Environment : text and Cases
Cherunilam, Francis
18
Business Law
Kuchhal, M.C. & Kuchhal, Vivek
19
Organizational Behaviour
Prasad, L.M.
20
Industrial Jurisprudence and Labour Legislation
Sarma, A.M.
21
Human Resource Management: Gaining a
Competitive Advantage
Noe, Raymond A. & Hollenbeck,
John R.
22
Employee Training and Development
Noe, Raymond A. & Kodwani,
Amitabh Deo
23
Legal Aspects of Business
Pathak, Akhileshwar
24
Essential of Management
Koontz, Harold & Weihrich, Heinz
25
Organizational Behaviours: An Evidence Based
Approach
Luthans, Fred
26
CMMI
Nandyal, Raghav
27
Total Quality Management
Charantimath, Poornima M.
28
Statistics for Management
Levin, Richard I. & Rubin, David S.
29
Organizational Behaviour
Robbins, Stephen P. & Judge,
Timothy A.
30
Total Quality Management
Besterfield, Dale H
31
Human Resource Management
Beg, M.A.
32
Total Quality Management
Rajaram, S. & Sivakumar, M.
33
Group Discussion and Interview Skills with CD
Patnaik, Prlyacclasshi
181
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
34
Business Ethics and Professional Values
Rao, A.B.
35
Management Information Systems
Obrien, James A.
36
Human Resource Management: An Experiential
Approach
Bernardin, H. John
37
Business and Administration Communication
with CD
Lockers, Kitty O.
38
Organizational Chage: An Action-Oriented
Toolkit
Cawsey, Tupper F.; Deszca, Gene &
Ingols, Cynthia
39
Principles and Practices of Management and
Organizational Behaviour
Singh, Chandrani & Khatri, Aditi
40
Research Methodology: A Step by step guide
for Beginners
Kumar, Ranjit
41
Human Resource Informative Systems
Kanahagh, Michael J . & Thite,
Mohan
42
Culture and Organizational Behaviour
Sinha, Jai B. P.
43
Organizational Behaviour
Nahavandi, Asbsaneh
44
Labour Laws
Tan Mann
45
Leadership
Nerthouse, Peter G.
46
Organizational Chage: Theory and Practice
Burke, W. Warner
47
Compensation: Theory, Evidence and Strategic
Implications
Gerhart, Barry & Rynes, Sara L.
48
HRD Audit
Rao, T.V.
49
Organizationa development: The Process of
Leading Organizational Chage
Anderson, Donald L
50
Total Quality Management: An Integrated
Approach
Nigam, Shailendra
51
Patient Care Services and Hospitals
Porkodi, S.
52
Customers Relationship Management: An
Indian Perspective
Chaturvedi, Mukesh & Chaturvedi,
Abhinav
53
Strategic Human Resoruce Management and
Development
Regis, Richard
54
Marketing Research
Reddy, P. Narayana & Acharyulu,
G.V.R.K.
55
Business Ethics: Human Values
Hundekar, S. G.
56
International Marketing
Vasudeva, P. K.
57
Organizational Behaviour
Rao, V.S. P.
58
Business Research Methods
Murthy, S. N. & Bhojanna, U.
59
Compensation Management
Bhhatacharya, Mousumi &
Sengupta, Nilanjan
60
Quantitiave Methods in Management:
Problems and Solutions
Selvaraj, R. & Loganathan, C.
61
Case Laws: On Industrial Relations: Issues and
Implications
Mishra, L
62
Human Resource Management
Sanghil, Seema
63
Business Communication
Verma, Shalini
64
Human Communication
Pearson, Judy, C.; Nelson, Paul E. &
Tilsworth, Scott
182
Sr.No
Name of the Books
Author
65
Organizational Behaviour: Key concepts, Skills &
Best Practices
Kinicki, Angelo & Kreither, Robert
66
Labor Relations: Development, Structure,
Process
Fossum, John A.
67
Staffing Organizations
Heneman, Herbert G. & Judge,
Timothy A.
68
Financial Inclusion in India: Policies and
Programmes
Mani, N
69
Organizational Behavior: Concepts and
Application , Text and Cases
Kumar, Pradeep & Thakur, K.S.
70
Compensation Management
Bhhatacharya, Mousumi &
Sengupta, Nilanjan
71
Organizational Behavior
Robbin, Stephen P.
72
Organizational Behavior: An Evidence Based
Approach
Luthans, Fred
73
Human Resource Management
Dessler. Gary & Varkkey, Biji
74
Group Discussion and Interview Skills with CD
Patnaik, Priyadarshi
75
Human Resource Management: Text and Cases
Aswathappa, K.
76
Financial Management: Text, Problems and
Cases With CD
Khan, M.Y. & Jain, P.K.
77
Employee Traning and Development
Noe, Raymond A. & Deo Kodwani,
Amitabh
78
Macroeconomics
Dornbusch, Rudiges.
79
Quantitative Techniques in Management
Vohra, N.D.
80
Business Organisation and Management
Gupta, C.B.
81
Modern Business Organisation & Management
Sherlekar, S.A. & Sherlekar, V.S.
82
Developing Communication Skills
Mohan, Krishna & Banerji, Meera
83
Business Environmental: Text & Cases
Cherunilam, Francis
84
Financial Management
Kulkarni, P.N. & Satyaprasad, B.G.
85
Manegerial Economics: Theory and Applications
Mithani, D.M.
86
Indian Economy
Puri, V.K. & Mistra, S.K.
87
Financial Accounting
Tulsian, P.C.
88
Effective Technical Communication
Rizvi, M. Mhraf
89
Business Communication Today
Bovee, Courtland L.; Thill, John V. &
Raina, Roshan
90
Human Resource Management: Gaining a
Comperitive Advantage
Noe, Raymond A.; Hollenbeck, John
R. & Gerhart, Bary
91
Total Quality Management
Besterfield, Date H.; Besterfield,
Glen H. & Urdhwareshe, Hemant
92
Humanitarian Logistics: Meeting the Challenge
of Preparing for and responding to Disasters
Tathan, Peter & Christopher,
Martin
183
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading Mechanism
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
Career Opportunities: Diploma in Labour Laws student has plenty of options to choose from
in terms of his/her career. He/she can choose to work in Factory as HR Officer, ER/ IR
Manager, Labour Laws Consultant, Labour Welfare In charge etc.
184
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN FINANCE (Taxation Laws)
PROGRAM STRUCTURETotal Credits: 40
Semester I:
Semester II:
Managerial Accounting
Direct Tax (Application and Procedure)
Introduction to Taxation in India
GST I
Income Tax Act, 1961
GST II
Submission 1
Submission 2
PROGRAM CURRICULUM
Semester I
Managerial Accounting
1. Introduction to Accounting
2. Basics of Financial Accounting
3. Process of Accounting
4. Cost Accountancy (Basic Concepts and
Principles)
5. Elements of Cost
6. Material Costs
7. Labour Costs
8. Overhead Costs
9. Marginal Costing
10. Budgetary Control
11. Standard Costing
Introduction to Taxation in India
1. History of Taxation in India
2. Introduction to Taxation System
3. Definition under Income Tax Act 1961 - I
4. Definition under Income Tax Act 1961 - II
5. Residential Status
6. Taxation of Different Kinds of Persons
Income Tax Act, 1961
1. General Laws affecting Taxation and Basic
ConceptsConstitution
2. Salaried Income
3. House Property and Income Tax
4. Business-Professions and Taxation Law
5. Capital Gains Tax
6. Other Sources of Income and Exempted
Income
7. Appointment, Control and Jurisdiction of
Income Tax Authorities
8. Penalties Imposable, Offences and Prosecutions
Submission 1
Students are required to submit a submission by
end of semester 1
Semester II
Direct Tax (Application and Procedure)
1. Computation of Taxable Income from Salary
2. Computation of Taxable Income from House
Property
3. Computation of Taxable Capital gains
4. Computation of Taxable Income from
Business and Profession
5. Computation of Taxable Income from Other
sources
6. Clubbing of Income
7. Computation of Tax Liability
8. Registration
9. Advance Tax
GST I
1. Introduction to GST
2. Supply
3. Registration
4. ICT Mechanism in GST
5. Levy and Collection of Tax
6. Valuation of Taxable supply of Goods and
Services
GST II
1. Invoice
2. Other Processes under GST
3. Offences and Penalties under GST
4. Appeals and Revisions
Submission 2
Students are required to submit a submission by
the end of semester 2
185
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Textbooks / Reference material link will be given for self-study and students will be provided
with class/ lecture notes if required.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the course includes class/lecture notes, online
material, face to face tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/activity sheets, recorded
archive lectures on website, Webinars or Workshops wherever necessary.
Evaluation pedagogy
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the course / subject objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge,
comprehension through factual and textual questions mainly based on lecture notes
and textbooks.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence
the chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the subjects. Every subject carries 30 marks
assignment. As a compulsory academic component of curriculum, students are required to
submit assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination. The Formative Evaluation
implemented is as follows –
• Continuous comprehensive Evaluation takes place in the live video conferencing
lectures (Virtual Classes) and interactive faculty interaction sessions.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students have to compulsory submit two ‘online submissions’ at the end of each
semester. The dates of submissions will be given in the log – in of students as well as
in the guidelines. The guidelines monitor the students for the completion of the
submissions subject wise.
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• Exams are taken subject wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, subject wise
of 70 marks with 50% passing. 60 marks are allocated for Multiple Choice Questions
and 10 marks are allocated for Subjective questions of short answers.
186
Library resources:
1. E-resources – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.
No.
Title of the Book
Name of the Author
1.
Management Accounting: Text, Problems and Cases
5th Ed.
Khan, M.Y.
2.
Management Accounting
Inamdar, Satish M
3.
Cost And Management Accounting Intermediate
Course
Inst. Of Comp.Sec. Of India
4.
Cost Accounting: Principles and Practice 11th Ed.
Arora, M.N.
5.
Principles and Practice of Auditing
Pagare, Dinkar
6.
Indirect Taxes: Law and Practice 35th Ed
Datey, V.S.
7.
Taxmann's Corporate and Allied Laws 2nd Ed
Sheth, Tejpal
8.
Students Guide to Income Tax
Singhania, Vinod
9.
Taxation and Tax Planning: Theory and Practice
Sharma, Nand Bhai
10.
Income-Tax, VAT and Service Tax
Manoharan, T.N.
11.
Indirect Tax Laws
Sareen, V.K.
12.
Students Guide to Income Tax including Service
Tax/VAT
Singhania, Vinod K.
13.
Taxation and Tax Planning: Theory & Practice
Sharma, Nand Bhai
14.
Central Sales Tax Law and Practice
Datey, V S,
15.
Central Sales Tax Law and Practice
Subramanian, P.L.
16.
Wealth Tax Act Expenditure Tax Act with Rules
Taxmann
17.
Managing Accounting 5th Ed.
Atkinson A A
Program Fees: Rs. 20,000
Grading System
Grading System: SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate percentage as well as the
respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
After completing this diploma course a candidate can work as a tax consultant.
187
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INSURANCE BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
(PGDIBM)
Total Program Credit: 80
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE:
Semester I
Semester I
Specialisation: General Insurance
Specialisation: Life Insurance
SN
Course Title
SN
Course Title
1
Principles and Practices of Management
1
Principles and Practices of Management
2
Principles of Insurance including IT
2
Principles of Insurance including IT
3
Indian Insurance Environment
3
Indian Insurance Environment
4
Business Communication
4
Business Communication
Semester II
Semester II
Specialisation: General Insurance
Specialisation: Life Insurance
SN
Course Title
SN
Course Title
1
Practices of General Insurance including
Insurance Accounting
1
Underwriting & Claims Management
2
Property & Liability Insurance
2
Practices & Applications of Life Insurance
3
Marketing of General Insurance
3
Life Insurance Marketing
4
Risk Management in General Insurance
4
Risk Management in Life Insurance
Semester III
Semester III
Specialisation: General Insurance
Specialisation: Life Insurance
SN
Course Title
SN
Course Title
1
Consumer Behaviour
1
Consumer Behaviour
2
Personal & Health Insurance
2
Life Insurance Products
3
Legal Aspects of Insurance
3
Legal Aspects of Insurance
4
CRM in Service Industry
4
CRM in Service Industry
Semester IV
Semester IV
Specialisation: General Insurance
Specialisation: Life Insurance
SN
Course Title
SN
Course Title
1
Financial Institutions and Markets
1
Financial Institutions and Markets
2
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods
2
Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods
3
Project – General Insurance
3
Project – Life Insurance
188
Curriculum
Semester I: Common for both General Insurance and
Life Insurance Specialisation
1 Principles and Practices of Management
1. Business- The Purpose of Management
2. Designing Organisation for Business
3. Need for Managing Organisation and
Business
4. Management of Standard Functions
5. Managing Resources
6. Planning
7. Decision-Making
8. Organising
9. Staffing
10. Leading: Directing | Communicating |
Motivating
11. Controlling
12. Coordinating (Synchronising)
13. Evolution of Management Thought
14. Pursuing Management as a Career
2 Principles of Insurance including IT
1. Concept of Risk
2. Theory of Probability and Functions of
Insurance
3. History and Development of Insurance
4. The Basic Principles
5. Indemnity
6. Insurable Interest
7. Principles of Subrogation and Contribution
8. Proximate Cause
9. Reinsurance
10. Introduction to Computers
11. Applications of Computers
12. Information and Information Technology
13. Programming Concepts and System
Development
14. Technology Applications in Insurance – I
15. Technology Applications in Insurance – II
16. Networking and E-Business
3. Indian Insurance Environment
1. Indian Insurance Environment
2. Physical Environment
3. Legal Environment
4. Social Environment
5. Political Environment
6. Economic Environment
7. Commercial Environment
8. Financial Environment
9. Technological Environment
10. Educational Environment
4 Business Communication
1. Communication in Business
2. Process of Communication
3. Psychological and Cultural Dimensions of
Business Communication
4. Listening
5. The Writing Process – Planning
6. Writing Process : Organizing, Composing
and Revising Business Messages
7. Writing Routine, Good News and Goodwill
Messages
8. Writing Indirect Messages
9. Short and Long Reports
10. Developing and Delivering Effective
Presentations
11. Interviews and Meetings
12. Group Communication Strategies
13. Resumes and Employment Letters
14. Communicating with Technology
15. Formats for Business Documents
Semester II
Specialization: General Insurance
1 Practices of General Insurance including
Insurance Accounting
1. Introduction
2. Insurance Legislation
3. Conceptual Framework of Risk
4. Essential Features and Fundamentals of
General Insurance
5. Insurance Coverages
6. Insurance Documents
7. Analysis of Insurance Transaction and
Underwriting of Policies
8. Premium Rating
9. Claims
10. Financial Aspects of Insurance
11. Basics of Accounting
12. Preparation of Final Accounts
13. Errors in Accounting and Bank
Reconciliation
14. Books of Accounts and Accounting Modules
15. Legal Framework
2 Property & Liability Insurance
1. Introduction to Property Insurance
2. Fire Insurance - I
3. Fire Insurance – II
4. Marine Insurance
5. Motor Insurance
6. Engineering Insurance - I
7. Engineering Insurance - II
8. Miscellaneous Insurance
189
9. Underwriting and Claims
10. Liability Insurance - I
11. Liability Insurance - II
3 Marketing of General Insurance
1. Brief History of Indian General Insurance
Business
2. Marketing Infrastructure in General
Insurance Business
3. Marketing
4. Marketing Strategy
5. Marketing Roles in Services and Insurance
6. Product Development
7. Pricing and Promotions
8. Distribution and Servicing
9. Advertisement, Publicity and Public
Relations
10. Various Marketing Problems
4 Risk Management in General Insurance
1. Basic Concept of Risk Management
2. The Process of Risk Management
3. Risk Identification – I
4. Risk Identification – II
5. Risk Measurement
6. Exposures
7. Risk Control – I
8. Insurance: A Risk Financing Tool
9. Types of Insurance Covers
10. Retention
11. Emerging Trends in Risk Management
12. Administration of Risk Management
Department in the Organisation
Semester III:
Specialisation: General Insurance
1 Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behaviour
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behaviour
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behaviour
2 Personal & Health Insurance
1. Personal Insurance
2. Personal Accident Insurance
3. Insurance of Persons: Other Insurance
Policies
4. Insurance of Personal Properties
5. Householders’ Insurances
6. Property Insurance for Commercial
Establishments
7. Health Insurance Cover in India
8. Health Insurance Cover when Overseas
9. Motor Vehicle Insurance
10. Rural Insurance
11. Liability Insurance
12. Strategies in Marketing of Personal
Insurances
3 Legal Aspects of Insurance
1. Needs for Law in Insurance
2. Laws for Insurance Firms
3. Laws for Insurance Contract
4. Laws for Insurance as a Special Contract
5. Laws governing Insurance of Properties
6. Laws governing Insurance against Damage
out of Performance
7. Laws governing Insurance of Person
(Health, Injury, Disability, Death) and of
Society
8. Acts governing Insurance Underwriting and
Marketing
9. Laws governing Insurance Claims
10. Laws governing Claimants, Consumers’
Grievances
4 CRM in Service Industry
1. An Introduction to Service Industry
2. Understanding Services
3. Understanding CRM
4. Relationship between Service & CRM
5. Designing of Service for CRM
6. Internal Marketing: People Dimension of
Service & CRM
7. Service Management & Productivity
8. Service Quality & Customer Satisfaction
9. CEM-Customer Experience Management for
Service Business
Semester II
Specialisation: Life Insurance
1 Underwriting & Claims Management
1. Basic Elements of Life Insurance
2. Introduction to Underwriting
3. Genetics and related Underwriting Studies
4. Life Insurance Premium: Pricing Elements
190
5. Technology in Underwriting
6. Financial Underwriting
7. Non-Income Underwriting
8. Underwriting Document
9. Physiological Factors and Related
Underwriting Issues
10. Physiological Factors and Special Category
Underwriting
11. Claims Management: An Introduction
12. Claims Management
13. Life Insurance Claims: Forms and
Procedures
14. Claims: Redressal of Grievances
15. Consumer Protection: Court Decisions and
Case Laws
2 Practices & Applications of Life Insurance
1. Concept of Life Insurance
2. History of Life Insurance in India - Part I
3. History of Life Insurance in India - Part II
4. Important Aspects of Life Insurance
5. Practical Aspects of Life Insurance
6. Principles of Life Insurance
7. Distribution Channels
8. Organizational Set Up of Insurance
Companies
9. Application and Acceptance of Life
Insurance
10. Policy Conditions
11. Other Important Points of Life Insurance
Contract
12. Policy Claims
13. Some Popular Life Insurance Plans and
Riders
3. Life Insurance Marketing
1. Introduction to Life Insurance
2. Introduction to Marketing
3. Traditional Channels of Life Insurance
Distribution: Advantages and Limitations
4. Alternative Channels of Distribution
5. Bancassurance: Convergence of Banking
and Insurance
6. Alternate Channels: Regulations and
Conflicts
7. Micro-Insurance and Rural Market
8. Impact of Consumerism & Spending Habits
on Insurance Marketing
9. Product Development
10. Role of Internet in Insurance Distribution
11. Marketing of Unit Linked Insurance Plans
12. Consumer Satisfaction and Business Ethics
13. Distribution Channel Models for the Future
4 Risk Management in Life Insurance
1. Introduction to Risk
2. The Nature and Theory of Risk
3. Need for Risk Management
4. Life Insurance - An Overview
5. Risk Management Process
6. Exposures: Life, Health and Loss of Income
7. Integrated Risk Management
8. Non-Insurance Methods of Risk
Management
9. Insurance for Rural and Social Sectors
10. Risk Management Applications: Employee
Benefits through group Insurance Schemes
11. Government Regulation of Insurance and
Risk Management
12. Risk Capital and Risk Hedging
13. Scenario Analysis and Risk Management
14. Reinsurance
15. Risk Management: Alternative Risk Transfer
(ART)
Semester III:
Specialisation: Life Insurance
1 Consumer Behaviour
1. Consumer Behaviour
2. Consumer Research
3. Motivation, Personality and Emotion
4. Consumer Learning
5. Consumer Perception
6. Consumer Involvement
7. Information Processing
8. Attitude
9. Social Class, Lifestyle and Culture
10. Retail Consumer and Outlet Selection
11. Consumerism
12. Consumer Satisfaction
13. Organizational Buying Behaviour
14. Consumer Modelling
15. Rural Buying Behaviour
2. Life Insurance Products
1. Introduction to Life Insurance
2. Life Insurance Industry: An Overview
3. Traditional Life Insurance Products
4. Term Insurance - Types and Significance
5. Whole Life and Endowment Plans
6. Annuity Plans
7. Consumer Need Analysis and Insurance
Planning
8. Group Insurance
9. Insurance for Rural and Social Sectors
10. Unit Linked Insurance Plans
11. Life Insurance - Laws & Regulations
12. Life Insurance Plans - Comparative Analysis
191
3 Legal Aspects of Insurance
1. Needs for Law in Insurance
2. Laws for Insurance Firms
3. Laws for Insurance Contract
4. Laws for Insurance as a Special Contract
5. Laws governing Insurance of Properties
6. Laws governing Insurance against Damage
out of Performance
7. Laws governing Insurance of Person
(Health, Injury, Disability, Death) and of
Society
8. Acts governing Insurance Underwriting and
Marketing
9. Laws governing Insurance Claims
10. Laws governing Claimants, Consumers’
Grievances
4 CRM in Service Industry
1. An Introduction to Service Industry
2. Understanding Services
3. Understanding CRM
4. Relationship between Service & CRM
5. Designing of Service for CRM
6. Internal Marketing: People Dimension of
Service & CRM
7. Service Management & Productivity
8. Service Quality & Customer Satisfaction
9. CEM-Customer Experience Management for
Service Business
Semester IV: Common for both General Insurance and
Life Insurance Specialisation
1. Financial Institutions and Markets
1. Overview of Financial Markets
2. Financial Institutions - I
3. Securitisation
4. Indian Money Market
5. International Monetary Fund (IMF)
6. Introduction to Capital Markets
7. Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
8. Merchant Banking
9. Role of Banks in Stock Market
10. Venture Capital and Private Equity
11. Portfolio Management and Financial
Engineering
12. Mergers and Takeovers
13. Lease and Hire Purchase
2. Research Methodology and Statistical
Quantitative Methods
Section – I Research Methodology
1. Understanding Research
2. Scientific Methods and Research
3. Formulating Research Problem and
Hypothesis
4. Hypothesis Testing
5. Research Design
6. Data Collection and Measurement
7. Sampling and Sampling Technique
8. Observation
9. The Interview Method
10. The Questionnaire Method
11. The Survey Method
12. The Experimental Method
13. Scaling Techniques and Attitudes
Measurement Techniques
14. Data Presentation, Processing and Analysis
Section – II Statistical Quantitative Methods
1. Arranging Data to Convey Meaning
2. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean,
Median and Mode)
3. Correlation
4. Probability
5. Queuing Theory
6. Game Theory & Decision Theory
4 Project
Students are required to submit one Project in
Hard copy by the end of the Semester IV
192
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students.
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes print material, face to face
tutorials, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, e-learnings, recorded archive lectures
on website, Lecture DVDs & interactive PCPs
Evaluation System
• Evaluation system includes Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in e-
learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
through factual and textual questions. Application/Analysis/ Synthesis/Evaluation (based on
Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report - A student has to submit as per the program requirement for 100 marks
with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
193
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.No
Title
Author
1
Insurance and Risk Management
Sharma B S
2
Insurance Principles And Performance
Chandarana Harish M
3
Insurance Theory And Practice
Sharma N.K.
4
Insurance Principles And Practice
Mishra M. N.
5
Principles Of Risk Management And Insurance 9th
Ed.
Rejda George
6
Risk Management And Insurance 2nd Ed
Harrington Scott E.
7
Narain's Insurance
Sharma R
8
Principles Life Insurance 2nd Ed.
Karve Shrikrishna Laxman
9
Solutions to Problems in Advanced Accounts Vol-I
Shukla M. C.
10
Risk Mangement IC 86
Insu. Inst. Of India
11
Management Accounting IC 89
Insurance Institute of India
12
Practice of General Insurance IC 11
Insurance Institute of India
13
Insurance Business Environment IC 12
Insurance Institute of India
14
Principles of Insurance IC 01
Insurance Institute of India
15
Liability Insurance IC 74
Insurance Institute of India
16
Legal Aspects of Life Insurance IC 24
Insurance Institute of India
17
Personal Accident Sickness and Miscellaneous
Insurance IC 73
Insurance Institute of India
18
Legal Aspects of Industrial Relations IC 97
Insurance Institute of India
19
Marketing and Public Relation IC 88
Insurance Institute of India
20
Case Studies In Insurance
ICFAI
21
Company Accounts Theory And Practice
Inst. Of Comp.Sec. Of India
22
Glosssary Of International Trade 5th Ed.
Hinkelman Edward
23
Principles of Insurance Management
Gulati Neelam C
24
Insurance and Risk Management
Basotia G.R.
25
Financial Inclusion for Inclusive Growth
Singha A.Rajmani
26
What Every Indian Should Know Before Investing
Pottayil Vinod
27
Risk Management & Insurance
Harrington Scott E.
28
Insurance for everyone
Patukale Kshitij
29
Risk Management and Insurance Planning
IMS Proschool
30
Banking and Insurance: Principles & Practices
Gulati Neelam C
31
Principles of Insurance Management
Gulati Neelam C.
32
Encyclopaedia of Insurance Vol-2
Banwait S.S.
33
Encyclopaedia of Insurance Vol-1
Banwait S.S.
34
Encyclopaedia of Insurance Vol-3
Banwait S.S.
35
Insurance Management
Sharma K.C.
194
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
• Insurance Consultants
• Business Development Officers
• Insurance Agents
• Insurance Brokers
195
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS ANALYTICS
PGCBA
Total Program Credit: 40
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE:
SN
Semester - l
SN
Semester - II
1
Business Intelligence & Analytics for Competitive
Advantage
1
Business Analytics with R
2
Statistics for Business Analytics
2
Analytics with Tableau
3
Data Visualization and Communication
3
Capstone Project
Finance Specialisation
Semester - I
Semester - II
1
Introduction to Financial Analytics
1
Finance & Risk Analytics
Marketing Specialisation
Semester - I
Semester - II
1
Introduction to Marketing Analytics
1
Retail Analytics
Human Resource Specialisation
Semester - I
Semester - II
1
Introduction to Human Resource Technology and
Analytics
1
Advanced HR Analytics
Curriculum
SEM I
1. Business Intelligence & Analytics for Competitive
Advantage
1. Overview of Business Intelligence Landscape
2. Designing effective BI Architecture
3. Understanding Enterprise Data Models
4. Big Data, Datafication & its impact on Data
Science
5. Data Warehousing and Data Mining
6. DDL and DML Discovering Knowledge with
Data Mining
7. Data Mining Process
8. Dash boarding and Scorecards
9. SQL Workshop
10. Data Governance & Data Security
2. Statistics for Business Analytics
1. Economic model and Econometric model
2. Basics of Statistics
3. Data Collection and Measurement
4. Measures of Central Tendency (Mean,
Median and Mode)
5. Sampling and Estimation
6. Measures of Dispersion and Correlation
7. Linear Regression and Logistic Regression
8. Ordinary least squares (OLS) estimation
9. Statistical inferences
10. Generalized least squares (GLS) estimation
11. Time-series regression
3. Data Visualization and Communication
1. Introduction to Data Visualisation
2. Visualisation of Numerical Data
3. Visualisation of Non-numerical Data
4. Common Visualisation Idioms
5. Visualisation of Spatial Data, Networks &
Trees
6. Data Reduction
7. Data Visualisation with Industry Tools
(Power BI, tableau, Alteryx etc.)
196
SEM II
1. Business Analytics with R
1. Introduction to R
2. Data Types and Data Structures
3. Loops and Functions in R
4. Mathematics in R
5. Visualization using R
6. Missing Value Treatment
7. Exploratory Data Analysis using R
2. Analytics with Tableau
1. Introduction to Tableau architecture
2. Connections for organizing data
3. Tableau graphs, reports, and calculations
4. Working with groups and set
5. Working with dashboard
6. Data blending and aggregation
7. Data visualization
8. Generated fields and special fields
9. Case Study: Hands on using Tableau
Capstone Projects
• Retail: Market basket analysis for consumer
durables (used by retail stores to predict and
increase impulse purchases based on groups
of items a customer buys)
• Banking: Developing best prediction model
of credit default (used by retail banks to
analyse data on credit defaults using logistic
regression)
• HR: Developing best prediction model the
probability of attrition using a logistic
regression (used by organization for
manpower requirement planning)
Specialisation – Sem I
HR - Introduction to Human Resource Technology
and Analytics
1. What is human resource management?
2. HR Technology Overview
3. What is HR Analytics?
4. HR Analytics popular frameworks
5. Skills required for HR Analytics
6. HR Automation with Analytics Tools
7. Importance of data availability and
governance
Marketing - Introduction to Marketing Analytics
1. What is Marketing Management?
2. Marketing Technology Overview
3. What is Marketing Analytics?
4. Marketing Analytics popular frameworks
5. Skills required for Marketing Analytics
6. Marketing Automation with Analytics Tools
7. Importance of data availability and
governance
Finance - Introduction to Financial Analytics
1. What is financial management?
2. Financial Technology Overview
3. What is Financial Analytics?
4. Financial Analytics popular frameworks
5. Skills required for Financial Analytics
6. Financial Automation with Analytics Tools
7. Importance of data availability and
governance
Specialization – Sem II
HR - Advanced HR Analytics
1. Primary Sources of Employee Data
2. Secondary sources of Employee data
3. Efficiency & Effectiveness metrics
4. General employee data fields
5. Key metrics for each vertical of HR
6. HR Scorecards and HR Scorecard Practice
Case Study
7. HR Case study of correlation
8. HR Case study of Linear regression
9. HR Case study of Logistic regression
Marketing - Retail Analytics
1. Retail Analytics
2. Terminologies: Review
3. Customer Analytics
4. KNIME
5. Retail Dashboards
6. Customer Churn
7. Association Rules Mining
Finance - Finance & Risk Analytics
1. What is Risk, Risk Management –overview
and Concepts
2. Why Credit Risk-Using a market case study
3. Risk Management using Derivatives
strategies
4. Comparison of Credit Risk Models
5. Overview of Probability of Default (PD)
Modelling
6. PD Models, types of models, steps to make a
good model
7. Market Risk
8. Value at Risk- using stock case study
9. Fraud Detection
197
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy:
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one-on-one problem-solving sessions for students. Reference
material link will be given for self-study
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes online material, Personal Contact
Program, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, recorded archive lectures on website,
Webinars or Workshops wherever necessary
Evaluation pedagogy:
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension through
factual and textual questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of knowledge
and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70
marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement
for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
198
Library resources:
3. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Market Research Analyst, Technical Team Lead, Data Business Analyst, Predictive Modeller,
Analytics Manager, Financial Analyst
199
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN DESIGN THINKING
PGCDT
Total Program Credit: 40
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE:
SN
Semester - l
SN
Semester - II
1
Introduction to Design Thinking
1
Prototypes of a Big Idea
2
Empathy with Users
2
Big Ideas with Design Thinking
3
Discovery and Interpretation of Challenges
3
Tracking and Testing of Success
4
Capstone Project
Curriculum
SEMESTER 1
Introduction to Design Thinking
1. What Is Design Thinking?
2. Design Thinking History and Theory
3. Design Thinking Frameworks
4. Problems That Design Thinking Helps
Solve
5. Distinctions between Design and Design
Thinking
6. Design Thinking as a Strategy for
Innovations
Empathy with Users
1. Design Thinking Five Stage Process
2. Understanding Users through Empathy
3. Empathy Map – What and How to Use It
4. Engaging with Extreme Users
5. Analogous Empathy
6. Personas
Discovery and Interpretation of Challenges
1. Defining the Real Problem
2. A Good Problem Statement
3. Analysis and Synthesis
4. Interpret the Results
5. A Holistic Approach to Challenges
6. Stories of What Works
SEMESTER 2
Big Ideas with Design Thinking
1. Feature vs. Idea
2. Qualities That Set Big Ideas Apart
3. How to Generate Big Ideas
4. Identifying No Brainers vs. Big Bets
5. Ideation Methods
6. How to Diverge and Converge
Prototypes of a Big Idea
1. Types of Prototyping
2. Guidelines for Prototyping
3. Prioritization and Evaluation
4. Prioritization Grids and Affinity Maps
5. Evaluating Ideas Based on Importance
and Feasibility
6. Scaling Design Thinking
Tracking and Testing of Success
1. How to Maintain Momentum
2. Generate User Feedback
3. Test for Desirability, Feasibility and
Viability
4. Design Thinking and Agile
5. Steps to Success with Design Thinking
6. Measure Results from Design Thinking
Submission
Students are required to submit an online Project
by end of the semester 2
200
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy:
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students. Reference
material link will be given for self-study
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes online material, Personal Contact
Program, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, recorded archive lectures on website,
Webinars or Workshops wherever necessary
Evaluation pedagogy:
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension through
factual and textual questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of knowledge
and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70
marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement
for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
201
Library resources:
4. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Business Analysts (work with design thinking teams), Design Thinking Managers, Design Thinking
Leaders, Design Thinking Consultants, Product Manager, Design Architect, HR Operations, Project
Manager, Emerging Technologies Architect Manager
202
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN FINTECH
PGCF
Total Program Credit: 40
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
N
Semester - l
SN
Semester - II
1
FinTech Foundations and Overview
1
FinTech Disruptive Innovation
2
Financial Accounting and Business
Economics
2
Understanding the Fintech Models
and Products
3
Banking, Insurance and Financial
Systems
3
FinTech Risk Management
4
Business Statistics and Data Mining
4
FinTech Security and Regulations
5
Capstone Project
Curriculum
SEMESTER I
1. FinTech Foundations and Overview
1. What is FINTECH, its importance and
evolution
2. Blockchain and Crypto currency
3. Raising Capital: Credit Tech and
Crowd funding
4. Artificial Intelligence
5. Digitization of Financial Services
2. Financial Accounting and Business
Economics
1. Financial Accounting
2. Accounting and Financial systems in
BFSI sector
3. Financial Statements and Ratios
Analysis
4. Accounts of Banking and Insurance
5. Business economics- Demand, Supply
and Price fundamentals
6. Marketing and consumer psychology
7. Software Package for Financial
Accounting
8. Taxation of services
3. Banking, Insurance and Financial
Systems
1. Introduction to Core Banking
Solutions (CBS)
2. Role and Functions of RBI, IRDA, SEBI
etc.
3. Insurance sector in India
4. Negotiable Instruments
5. FEMA
6. Payment Solutions
7. Information Security
8. FinTech infrastructure
4. Business Statistics and Data Mining
1. Data Collection and Representation
2. Statistical Methods
3. Big Data
203
SEMESTER II
1. FinTech Disruptive Innovation:
Implications for Society
1. Evolution vs Revolution
2. Diversity of Impact
3. Predicting the Future of FinTech
4. Government initiatives in FinTech
5. Implications for Careers
2. Understanding the Fintech Models &
Products
1. Competing on technological
innovation
2. Organizing for digital innovation
3. Fintech Models
4. Fintech Products
5. Cloud Computing
6. FinTech Platforms
3. FinTech Risk Management
1. Compliance with financial
requirements
2. FinTech Compliance with corporate
governance: Objectives, guidelines, &
policy
3. Data Risks- Fraud, Crimes, & Security
4. Risk of adopting new technology
5. Financial risks
4. FinTech Security and Regulation
1. Introduction to FinTech Security &
Regulation
2. Risk Management & Government
Control
3. AML & KYC in FinTech
4. Government Regulation to Protect
Consumers
5. Global Trends and Government
Initiatives
6. Introduction to IT Act (related
sections)
Project
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy:
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students. Reference
material link will be given for self-study
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes online material, Personal Contact
Program, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, recorded archive lectures on website,
Webinars or Workshops wherever necessary
Evaluation pedagogy:
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension through
factual and textual questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of knowledge
and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
204
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70
marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement
for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
2. List of Books in Library
Sr.No
Title
Author
1
Risk Management And Insurance 2nd Ed
Harrington Scott E.
2
Narain's Insurance
Sharma R
3
Principles Life Insurance 2nd Ed.
Karve Shrikrishna Laxman
4
Solutions to Problems in Advanced Accounts Vol-I
Shukla M. C.
5
Risk Mangement IC 86
Insu. Inst. Of India
6
Management Accounting IC 89
Insurance Institute of India
7
Practice of General Insurance IC 11
Insurance Institute of India
8
Insurance Business Environment IC 12
Insurance Institute of India
9
Principles of Insurance IC 01
Insurance Institute of India
10
Liability Insurance IC 74
Insurance Institute of India
11
Legal Aspects of Life Insurance IC 24
Insurance Institute of India
12
Personal Accident Sickness and Miscellaneous Insurance IC 73
Insurance Institute of India
13
Legal Aspects of Industrial Relations IC 97
Insurance Institute of India
14
Marketing and Public Relation IC 88
Insurance Institute of India
15
Case Studies In Insurance
ICFAI
16
Company Accounts Theory And Practice
Inst. Of Comp.Sec. Of India
17
Glosssary Of International Trade 5th Ed.
Hinkelman Edward
18
Principles of Insurance Management
Gulati Neelam C
19
Insurance and Risk Management
Basotia G.R.
20
Financial Inclusion for Inclusive Growth
Singha A.Rajmani
21
What Every Indian Should Know Before Investing
Pottayil Vinod
22
Risk Management & Insurance
Harrington Scott E.
23
Insurance for everyone
Patukale Kshitij
24
Risk Management and Insurance Planning
IMS Proschool
205
Fees: Rs. 75,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Financial Analyst, WealthTech Advisor, Robo-, Advisor, Payments/ Billing/ Money Transfers System,
Developer, Crowdfunding Expert, Blockchain, Developer vis-à-vis Apps Developer (Technical, Expertise
required).
206
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT
PGCHM
Total Program Credit: 40
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
SN
Semester - l
SN
Semester - II
1
Management Principles and Organizational Behaviour
1
Medico Legal Services
2
Fundamentals of Healthcare Administration
2
Healthcare Analytics
3
Entrepreneurship in Healthcare Sector
3
Telemedicine & Healthcare Tourism
4
Health Economics
4
Project
5
Marketing of Healthcare Services
Curriculum
SEM-I
1. Management Principles and Organizational
Behaviour
1. What is Management and its Principles
2. Planning and Organizing
3. Staffing and Directing
4. Motivating
5. Controlling
6. Understanding Organisational Behaviour
7. Work Motivation Theories
8. Work and Conditions of Work
9. Conflict Management
10. Group Dynamics and Stress
Management
2. Fundamentals of Healthcare Administration
1. Overview of Good administration
2. Maintenance function of the
organisation
3. Human Resource system
4. Financial management
5. Support service utilities
6. Workplace safety policy in healthcare
administration
7. Institutional food services
8. Crisis management
9. Quality management “Audit and
inspection”
10. Strategic planning
11. Maintaining the moral and social order
of healthcare organizations
3. Entrepreneurship in Healthcare Sector
1. Introduction of Entrepreneurship
2. Micro-level Topics in Healthcare
Entrepreneurship
3. Entrepreneurship in Healthcare: Past
Contributions and Future Opportunities
4. Value through Hybrid organising in
health care sector.
5. The Role of Incubators and Accelerators
in Healthcare Innovation
6. Case Studies in Healthcare
entrepreneurship
7. Entrepreneurial Challenges &
Opportunities in Healthcare
8. The Antecedents of Healthcare Social
Entrepreneurship
4. Health Economics
1. Introduction of Economics
2. Overview of Health Industry
3. Need and demand of healthcare services
4. Economic efficiency, Cost efficiency and
Revenue Cycle in Health Care
5. Microeconomic Tools for Health
Economics
6. Health Insurance and Risk Management
7. Organisation and funding of healthcare
services
8. Government role and Intervention in
healthcare sector
9. Health Economics of Beds
10. Statistical tools of healthcare Economics
207
5. Marketing of Healthcare Services
1. Marketing of Healthcare product and
services
2. Healthcare Marketing mix
3. Health Product Management
4. Health Production Management
5. Health Sales and Distribution
Management
6. Brand Management and Rural Marketing
7. OTC Marketing
8. Ayurveda and Herbal Market in India
9. Online market for healthcare products
and services
10. Reasons of Market Failure in Healthcare
sector
11. Supply chain management and
Information system in healthcare.
SEMESTER II
1. Medico Legal Services
1. Introduction to government laws: COPRA
2019 and amendments
2. Requirement of Legal Reporting
3. Medical records their legal importance
and digitization
4. Doctor Patient relationship legal
importance.
5. Patient rights and responsibility
6. Medical staff rights and responsibility
7. Medical malpractice.
8. Medical negligence.
9. Intentional and quasi-intentional Tort
10. Tort reform and risk reduction
(Insurance)
11. Medical lawsuit and Trial process
2. Healthcare Analytics
1. Introduction to Healthcare management
2. Introduction to data analytics
3. Introduction to Health care analytics
4. Healthcare Data Acquisition and
Management
5. Applied Healthcare Statistics
6. Data mining and Forecasting in
Healthcare
7. Quantitative Methods and Decision
Analysis
3. Telemedicine & Healthcare Tourism
1. Introduction of telecare basics
2. Telemedicine
3. Challenges and opportunities in
Telehealth
4. IT in Hospitals (Hospital Management
Information System) and Telehealth.
5. Medical Tourism and its types.
Facilitation by Travel Agencies.
6. Steps of Medical Tourism (including
process flow charts and work flow
diagrams)
7. International Accreditation e.g., JCI,
ACHSI, AC, CBAHI etc.
8. SWOT analysis of Medical Tourism in
India
9. Laws applicable to Medical Tourism in
India and Internationally
4. Project
Students are required to submit an online
project.
Faculty and support staff requirement
As per AICTE norms
Teaching Learning Pedagogy:
Teaching Learning pedagogy consists of Virtual Classes and online faculty interactions to
supplement the virtual classes for one on one problem solving sessions for students. Reference
material link will be given for self-study
Media used for delivery of instruction for the programme includes online material, Personal Contact
Program, face to face counselling, work books/Activity sheets, recorded archive lectures on website,
Webinars or Workshops wherever necessary
Evaluation pedagogy:
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
208
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension through
factual and textual questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of knowledge
and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerized system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation –
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70
marks with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centers appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement
for 70 marks with 50% (35 Marks) passing.
Library resources:
1. E-resource – EBSCO, JSTOR
Fees: Rs. 50,000
Grading System
• Grading System (All programs): SCDL has a grading system which gives aggregate
percentage as well as the respective grade.
Grade
Class
Percentage
A+
Distinction
70% and Above
A
First Class
60% - 69.99%
B
Second Class
55% - 59.99%
C
Pass Class
50% - 54.99%
D
Fail
Below 50%
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Business Analysts (work with design thinking teams), Design Thinking Managers, Design Thinking
Leaders, Design Thinking Consultants, Product Manager, Design Architect, HR Operations, Project
Manager, Emerging Technologies Architect Manager.
209
• Academic Calendar
July Admission Cycle
April- December
SN
Activity
Month
1
Admissions
April-June
2
Distribution of SLMs of Sem-I and III
May-June
3
Commencement of Sem-I and III
1st July
4
Online Classes and Face to Face personal
Contact sessions of Sem-I & III
July- December
5
Assignment release of Sem-I and III
July
6
Examination of Sem-I and III
October
7
Declaration of Sem-I and III
Within 15 days from the conduct of exam.
8
Sem-I and III closes
December
November- June
SN
Activity
Month
1
distribution of SLMs of Sem-II and IV
November-December
2
Commencement of Sem-II and IV
2nd January
3
Online Classes and Face to Face personal
Contact sessions of Sem-II & IV
January- June
4
Assignment release of Sem-II and IV
January
5
Examination of Sem-II and IV
March
6
Declaration of Sem-II and IV
Within 15 days from the conduct of exam.
7
Sem-I and III closes
June
Academic Calendar
January Admission Cycle
November- June
SN
Activity
Month
1
Admissions
November- December
2
distribution of SLMs of Sem-I and III
November- December
3
Commencement of Sem-Iand III
2nd January
4
Online Classes and Face to Face personal
Contact sessions of Sem-I & III
January- June
5
Assignment release of Sem-I and III
January
6
Examination of Sem-I and III
March
7
Declaration of Sem-I and III
Within 15 days from the conduct of exam.
8
Sem-I and III closes
June
April- December
SN
Activity
Month
1
Distribution of SLMs of Sem-II and IV
April- June
2
Commencement of Sem-II and IV
1st July
3
Online Classes and Face to Face personal
Contact sessions of Sem-II & IV
July- December
4
Assignment release of Sem-II and IV
July
5
Examination of Sem-II and IV
October
6
Declaration of Sem-II and IV
Within 15 days from the conduct of exam.
7
Sem-I and III closes
December
210
i. Academic Time Table with the name of the faculty members handling the Course:
Academic timetable is prepared on monthly basis to conduct the virtual sessions for all courses.
Appended below is specimen of the timetable.
VC Date
Subject Name
Description
Course Name
Expert Name
VC From
Time
VC To
Time
4/1/2023
Concepts in
Supply Chain
Management
UNIT 12
PGDRM_2Year,
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
11:50:00
12:30:00
4/1/2023
FinTech Security
and Regulations
Orientation
Session
PGCF
Prashant Ubarhande
11:00:00
12:00:00
4/1/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
Unit 1
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/1/2023
Renewable Energy
Sources
Orientation
Session
PGDEM(RE)
Shashank
Bhandakkar
9:30:00
10:30:00
4/1/2023
Research
Methodology and
Statistical
Quantitative
Methods
Unit-1
PGDBA, PGDBFS,
PGDHRM,
PGDHRM_1year,
PGDIB, PGDIBM,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
11:00:00
11:40:00
4/1/2023
Sales and
Distribution
Management
SM Unit-1
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
14:00:00
14:40:00
4/3/2023
Algorithms and
Programming
Concepts
Orientation
class
PGDIT
Sarala R
10:30:00
11:30:00
4/3/2023
Capital Market
Session 01
PGDBA, PGDBFS
Prashant Ubarhande
10:30:00
11:30:00
4/3/2023
Concepts in
Supply Chain
Management
UNIT 13
PGDRM_2Year,
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
11:40:00
12:30:00
4/3/2023
Customer
Relationship
Management
Session 5
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
PGDRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Radhika Mulay
15:00:00
16:00:00
4/3/2023
E-Customer
Relationship
Management
Session 5
PGCM-DM
Radhika Mulay
19:00:00
20:00:00
4/3/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
UNIT 2
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/3/2023
Integration of
Renewable
Systems
unit 1
PGDEM(RE)
Shashank
Bhandakkar
16:00:00
17:00:00
4/3/2023
Marketing
Management
Session 9
PGCM-ED, PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
PGDRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Radhika Mulay
12:00:00
12:40:00
4/3/2023
Project
Management (IT)
Orientation
class.
PGDIT, SC_3Month
Sarala R
14:30:00
15:30:00
4/3/2023
Research
Methodology and
Statistical
Quantitative
Methods
Unit-2
PGDBA, PGDBFS,
PGDHRM,
PGDHRM_1year,
PGDIB, PGDIBM,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
11:00:00
11:40:00
4/3/2023
Sales and
Distribution
Management
SM Unit-2
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
14:00:00
14:40:00
4/4/2023
Advanced CRM
Session 11
PGDBA, PGDCRM,
PGDCRM_2Year
Radhika Mulay
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/4/2023
Cloud Computing
Orientation
class
PGDIT, PGDITM,
SC_3Month
Sarala R
11:30:00
12:30:00
4/4/2023
Concepts in
Supply Chain
Management
UNIT 14
PGDRM_2Year,
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
11:40:00
12:30:00
211
4/4/2023
Financial
Accounting and
Business
Economics
Orientation
Session
PGCF
Prashant Ubarhande
11:30:00
12:30:00
4/4/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
UNIT 3
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/4/2023
Research
Methodology and
Statistical
Quantitative
Methods
Unit-3
PGDBA, PGDBFS,
PGDHRM,
PGDHRM_1year,
PGDIB, PGDIBM,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
11:00:00
11:40:00
4/4/2023
Sales and
Distribution
Management
SM Unit-3
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
14:00:00
14:40:00
4/5/2023
Cloud Computing
Units 1,2,3
has been
planned to
conduct.
PGDIT, PGDITM,
SC_3Month
Sarala R
11:30:00
12:30:00
4/5/2023
Customer
Relationship
Management
Session 6
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
PGDRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Radhika Mulay
15:00:00
16:00:00
4/5/2023
E-Customer
Relationship
Management
Session 6
PGCM-DM
Radhika Mulay
19:00:00
20:00:00
4/5/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
UNIT 4
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/5/2023
Integration of
Renewable
Systems
unit 2
PGDEM(RE)
Shashank
Bhandakkar
16:00:00
17:00:00
4/5/2023
Logistics and
Distribution
Management
Unit 5,6,7
PGCED, PGCM-ED,
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
11:50:00
12:30:00
4/5/2023
Marketing
Management
Session 10
PGCM-ED, PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
PGDRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Radhika Mulay
12:00:00
12:40:00
4/5/2023
Project
Management (IT)
Units 1,2
has been
planned to
conduct.
PGDIT, SC_3Month
Sarala R
14:30:00
15:30:00
4/5/2023
Renewable Energy
Sources
Unit 1,2,3
PGDEM(RE)
Shashank
Bhandakkar
17:30:00
18:30:00
4/5/2023
Research
Methodology and
Statistical
Quantitative
Methods
Unit-4
PGDBA, PGDBFS,
PGDHRM,
PGDHRM_1year,
PGDIB, PGDIBM,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
11:00:00
11:40:00
4/5/2023
Sales and
Distribution
Management
SM Unit-4
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
14:00:00
14:40:00
4/5/2023
Search Engine
Optimization
(SEO)
Session 6
PGCDM, PGCM-DM
Radhika Mulay
13:30:00
14:30:00
4/5/2023
Understanding
the Fintech
Models and
Products
Orientation
session
PGCF
Prashant Ubarhande
16:30:00
17:30:00
4/6/2023
Capital Market
Session 02
PGDBA, PGDBFS
Prashant Ubarhande
10:30:00
11:30:00
4/6/2023
Cloud Computing
UNIT 3
PGDIT, PGDITM,
SC_3Month
Sarala R
11:30:00
12:30:00
4/6/2023
Current Trends in
IT
Orientation
class
PGDIT, PGDITM
Sarala R
14:30:00
15:30:00
212
ii. Teaching Load of each Faculty
Teaching load to faculty from all cadres is assigned as per AICTE norms.
iii. Internal Continuous Evaluation System and place
Evaluation System
• Evaluation System includes ‘Check your progress’ questions and activities specified in SLM,
answering questions asked in online faculty interaction sessions, doing activities given in e-
learning and solving self-assessment questions given at the end of the Online Classes.
• The Evaluation system includes Formative Evaluation and Summative Evaluation.
• The questions formulated are based on the program / course objectives.
• The objective type questions are designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension
4/6/2023
Customer
Relationship
Management
Session 7
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
PGDRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Radhika Mulay
15:00:00
16:00:00
4/6/2023
Financial
Accounting and
Business
Economics
Session 01
PGCF
Prashant Ubarhande
11:30:00
12:30:00
4/6/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
unit 5
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/6/2023
Integration of
Renewable
Systems
Unit 3
PGDEM(RE)
Shashank
Bhandakkar
16:00:00
16:40:00
4/6/2023
Logistics and
Distribution
Management
Unit 8.9,10
PGCED, PGCM-ED,
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
11:50:00
12:30:00
4/6/2023
Marketing
Management
Session 11
PGCM-ED, PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
PGDRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Radhika Mulay
12:00:00
12:40:00
4/6/2023
Research
Methodology and
Statistical
Quantitative
Methods
Unit-5
PGDBA, PGDBFS,
PGDHRM,
PGDHRM_1year,
PGDIB, PGDIBM,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
11:00:00
11:40:00
4/6/2023
Sales and
Distribution
Management
SM Unit-5
PGDBA,
PGDCRM_2Year,
SC_3Month
Dr. Padmpriya
Irabatti
14:00:00
14:40:00
4/7/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
Unit 6
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/7/2023
Integrated E-
Marketing
Session 1
PGCM-DM
Radhika Mulay
19:00:00
20:00:00
4/7/2023
Logistics and
Distribution
Management
Unit 11,12
PGCED, PGCM-ED,
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
11:50:00
12:30:00
4/8/2023
FinTech Security
and Regulations
Session 01
PGCF
Prashant Ubarhande
11:00:00
12:00:00
4/8/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
UNIT 7
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
14:00:00
15:40:00
4/8/2023
Green Logistics &
Supply Chains
UNIT 7
PGDSCM_2Year
Shashank
Bhandakkar
15:00:00
15:40:00
4/8/2023
Integration of
Renewable
Systems
Unit 4
PGDEM(RE)
Shashank
Bhandakkar
16:00:00
16:40:00
4/8/2023
Materials
Management
Unit 1 and
2
PGDBA, SC_3Month
Shashank
Bhandakkar
11:50:00
12:30:00
4/8/2023
Renewable Energy
Sources
unit 4 ,5
PGDEM(RE)
Shashank
Bhandakkar
9:00:00
10:00:00
213
through factual and textual questions. Application /Analysis/ Synthesis/ Evaluation (based
on Blooms Taxonomy) is tested through ‘Pictorial’ and Case based questions.
• The student’s views, opinions, power of expression, clarity of thought, application of
knowledge and analytical ability are tested through ‘subjective questions’.
• The questions are randomly generated through the computerised system and hence the
chances of malpractice / copy are remote.
Formative Evaluation
Continuous comprehensive evaluation method is followed which is explained below:
The students have to submit Assignments for all the courses. As a compulsory academic component
of curriculum, students are required to submit assessment in the form of Computer Based
Examination. The Formative Evaluation implemented is as follows –
• Assessment in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 30 marks with 50%
passing.
Summative Evaluation
Summative comprehensive evaluation method is as under:
• The students are given opportunity to attend the exams as per their own pace.
• These exams are taken course wise separately according to the convenience of the students.
• Summative evaluations are in the form of Computer Based Examination, course wise of 70 marks
with 50% passing.
• The question papers for the examinations are set centrally at Pune.
• The exams are conducted through test centres appointed by SCDL.
• Answer papers are evaluated centrally at Pune.
• Project report- A student has to submit a project report as per the program requirement for 100
marks with 50% (50 Marks) passing.
iv. Student’s assessment of Faculty, System in place
Students provide the feedback for each faculty through student login on following aspects:
1. Ability to clear doubts
2. Case studies illustrations & activities
3. Creativity & innovativeness
4. Encouragement for interaction
5. Overall impression
6. Subject knowledge
7. Communication skills
8. Practical approach
214
13. Enrolment details of students in the last 3years
A. Enrolment for AY 2020-21
Course_Name
Full Name
AY
2020-2021
C-PGDBA
Corporate Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
48
PGCF-MA
Post Graduate Certificate In Finance [Management Accounting]
80
PGCF-TL
Post Graduate Certificate In Finance [Taxation Laws]
112
PGCM-CL
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Cyber Laws]
44
PGCM-DM
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Digital Marketing]
244
PGCM-ED
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Entrepreneurship Development]
80
PGCM-EM
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Event Management]
29
PGDBA
Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
3811
PGDBCL
Post Graduate Diploma In Business and Corporate Law
106
PGDBFS
Post Graduate Diploma in Banking & Finance
776
PGDCRM
Post Graduate Diploma In Customer Relationship Management
99
PGDDS
Post Graduate Diploma In Data Science
300
PGDEM(RE)
Post Graduate Diploma In Energy Management (Renewable Energy)
77
PGDEXIM
Post Graduate Diploma In Export & Import Management
87
PGDHRM
Post Graduate Diploma in Human Resource Management
996
PGDIB
Post Graduate Diploma in International Business
240
PGDIBM
Post Graduate Diploma In Insurance Business Management
38
PGDIT
Post Graduate Diploma in Information Technology
329
PGDP&HRM (LL)
Post Graduate Diploma in Labour Laws and Employee Relations
80
PGDPM
Post Graduate Diploma In Project Management
363
PGDRM
Post Graduate Diploma In Retail Management
83
PGDSCM
Post Graduate Diploma In Supply Chain Management
441
PGDTWBM
Post Graduate Diploma in Technical Writing in Business Management
36
Grand Total
8499
215
B. Enrollment for AY 2021-2022
Course Name
Program Name
AY
2021 - 2022
C-PGDBA
Corporate Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
233
PGCF-MA
Post Graduate Certificate In Finance [Management Accounting]
118
PGCF-TL
Post Graduate Certificate In Finance [Taxation Laws]
130
PGCM-CL
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Cyber Laws]
51
PGCM-DM
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Digital Marketing]
350
PGCM-ED
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Entrepreneurship Development]
73
PGCM-EM
Post Graduate Certificate In Management [Event Management]
30
PGDBA
Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
4153
PGDBCL
Post Graduate Diploma In Business and Corporate Law
145
PGDBFS
Post Graduate Diploma in Banking & Finance
978
PGDCRM
Post Graduate Diploma In Customer Relationship Management
89
PGDDS
Post Graduate Diploma In Data Science
431
PGDEM(RE)
Post Graduate Diploma In Energy Management (Renewable Energy)
92
PGDEXIM
Post Graduate Diploma In Export & Import Management
131
PGDHRM
Post Graduate Diploma in Human Resource Management
1361
PGDIB
Post Graduate Diploma in International Business
254
PGDIBM
Post Graduate Diploma In Insurance Business Management
56
PGDIT
Post Graduate Diploma in Information Technology
355
PGDP&HRM (LL)
Post Graduate Diploma in Labour Laws and Employee Relations
73
PGDPM
Post Graduate Diploma In Project Management
477
PGDRM
Post Graduate Diploma In Retail Management
84
PGDSCM
Post Graduate Diploma In Supply Chain Management
611
PGDTWBM
Post Graduate Diploma in Technical Writing in Business Management
51
Grand Total
10326
216
C. Enrollment for AY 2022-2023
Course
Name
Program Name
AY
2022 - 2023
C-PGDBA
Corporate Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
656
PGCBA
Post Graduate Certificate in Business Analytics
136
PGCDT
Post Graduate Certificate in Design Thinking
18
PGCF
Post Graduate Certificate in FinTech
18
PGCF-MA
Post Graduate Certificate in Finance [Management Accounting]
104
PGCF-TL
Post Graduate Certificate in Finance [Taxation Laws]
96
PGCHM
Post Graduate Certificate in Healthcare Management
70
PGCM-CL
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Cyber Laws]
34
PGCM-DM
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Digital Marketing]
238
PGCM-ED
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Entrepreneurship Development]
40
PGCM-EM
Post Graduate Certificate in Management [Event Management]
17
PGDBA
Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration
1801
PGDBCL
Post Graduate Diploma in Business and Corporate Law
114
PGDBFS
Post Graduate Diploma in Banking & Finance
538
PGDCRM
Post Graduate Diploma in Customer Relationship Management
58
PGDDS
Post Graduate Diploma in Data Science
343
PGDEM(RE)
Post Graduate Diploma in Energy Management (Renewable Energy)
67
PGDEXIM
Post Graduate Diploma in Export & Import Management
78
PGDHRM
Post Graduate Diploma in Human Resource Management
988
PGDIB
Post Graduate Diploma in International Business
130
PGDIBM
Post Graduate Diploma in Insurance Business Management
26
PGDIT
Post Graduate Diploma in Information Technology
285
PGDP&HRM
(LL)
Post Graduate Diploma in Labour Laws and Employee Relations
40
PGDPM
Post Graduate Diploma in Project Management
365
PGDRM
Post Graduate Diploma in Retail Management
44
PGDSCM
Post Graduate Diploma in Supply Chain Management
456
PGDTWBM
Post Graduate Diploma in Technical Writing in Business Management
42
Grand Total
6802
217
14. List of Research Projects/ Consultancy Works
A. Industry Linkage:
Symbiosis Centre for Distance Learning maintains close links with business and industry, to
promote the employability of our graduates and encourage them to recruit our students for
vacancies. SCDL partners with local, national, and international organizations to offer the
Corporate programs. Leading organizations including IBM, Cognizant, Infosys, Wipro, Ranbaxy,
Collabra, Aditya Birla, Bharti Retail Pvt. Ltd., Wall-mart, Vodafone, Cipla, etc. are amongst others
who have collaborated with SCDL to offer the corporate programs. The curriculum is designed
and constantly updated through inputs of corporate and business leaders from top ranks of the
industry having several years of experience.
Sr No
Industry
Partner Company
1.
IT
• Wipro
• Mphasis
• TIETO
• Evry India
• Conneqt Business Solutions
2.
Finance
• Capital Via
• Shriram Finance Ltd
3.
Insurance
• TATA AIA
4.
Manufacturing
• Finolex
• UPL
5.
Wellness & health
• Zydus
• Mankind Pharma
• Centrient Pharma
• Krsnaa Diagnostics
6.
Electronics
• Eaton
B. MoUs with Industries:
SCDL has entered into MOUs with several entities in order to design, develop, deliver and offer its
programs and training of its students.
Sl No
BETWEEN PARTIES
DATED
1.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Cadsys (India) Ltd
14.06.2022
2.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
TIETO
24.06.2022
3.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
EVRY INDIA
20.07.2022
4.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Shriram Finance Ltd
Nov-22
5.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Allianz Technologies
02.11.2022
6.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
UPL
15.11.2022
7.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Telus International
13.12.2022
8.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Krsnaa Diagnostics
Dec-22
9.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Finolex Industries Limited, Ratnagiri
Jan-23
10.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Centrient Pharmaceuticals
09.02.2023
11.
Symbiosis Centre For Distance Learning
Conneqt Business Solutions
March-23
218
12. LoA and subsequent EoA till the current Academic Year:
A. AICTE LOA (AY 2018-19)
219
220
221
B. AICTE (EOA AY 2019-20)
222
223
224
C. AICTE (EOA AY 2020-21)
225
226
227
D. AICTE (EOA AY 2021-22)
228
229
E. AICTE (EOA AY 2022-23)
230
231
16. Accounted audited statement for the last three years:
A. Accounted audited statement for FY 2019-20
232
233
B. Accounted audited statement for FY 2020-21
234
235
C. Accounted audited statement for FY 2021-22
236
